Extending Oracle HRMS

Extend Oracle HRMS Overview

This section describes how you can extend Oracle HRMS to better meet your enterprise's needs.

There are many ways you can configure Oracle HRMS to meet the needs of your business processes:

• Linking windows together in a task flow to streamline data entry and processing

• Designing your own windows to create user or task-specific windows

• Restricting data access on windows to provide security and confidentiality

You can configure Oracle HRMS using one or any combination of these.

Before configuring any part of Oracle HRMS, it is advisable to plan ahead and decide which parts of the system you want to configure. For example, if you know that your users typically perform a task in a certain way, you can design windows to help them enter information more efficiently. You can also link windows together to help users move from one window to the next. If necessary, you can also restrict what information appears in lists of values and restrict access to certain types of information.

Key Concepts

This section describes some of the tools available to configure Oracle HRMS for your enterprise.

Alerts

Alerts enable you to inform, remind, and confirm information on your personal information, your direct reports, and your workforce. The alert triggers an email notification of an impending action, task, or change to information. For example, you can set up an alert to remind you when a new hire is due to start work.

See: Oracle HRMS Predefined Alerts

Flexfields

You can add data fields called flexfields to windows to hold any additional information you require. You can add:

• Key flexfields to configure some of the most important parts of the system, including the names of jobs, positions and grades, details of payroll cost allocation, and analysis information for employees and other people.

• Descriptive flexfields to add fields to windows to record additional information.

• Extra Information Types to set up multiple categories of information for the most important entities in Oracle HRMS.

Protected Flexfields are predefined and protected flexfields supplied with Oracle HRMS.

User-Defined Tables

You can set up user tables to provide matrixes of valid values that vary. You can access these values from formulas, or your own forms or reports. The GET_TABLE_VALUE function is supplied for use in your formulas. Certain legislations include predefined user tables, for example, to hold values for payroll calculations.

Lookups

Lookups provide lists of valid values on certain fields throughout the system. For many lookups you can add your own values and change the predefined values. Lookups not only ensure that all users use the same terminology, but also speed up data entry.

CUSTOM Library Events

You can use CUSTOM Library Events to configure the logic that is executed at defined points within a window. Generic events are available to all Oracle Applications and Product Specific Events are also available to help you to apply business rules specific to Oracle HRMS.

APIs (called Application Programmatic Interfaces)

Oracle HRMS provides a set of PL/SQL packaged procedures and functions that together provide an open interface to the database.

Task Flows

You often need to use more than one window to complete many tasks. Oracle HRMS enables you to link these windows together using a task flow. Users can choose a button to bring up each window in turn without returning to the menu. For example, to enter personal information, you typically go from the People window, to the Address window, to the Special Information window and so on. Task flows speed up processes and reduce data entry error

See: Task Flow

Restricting Information

Restricting the type of information available on a window is useful as a security measure. For example, you can create versions of RPA windows to show only compensation information available to the logged-in user.

See: Windows You Can Configure Using CustomForm, , Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration GuideRestricted RPA, Oracle HRMS Workforce Sourcing, Deployment, and Talent Management Guide

Currencies

You need to define the formats for displaying currency amounts. If required, you can use multiple currencies for entering information about employee compensation and benefits and you can also record your payment methods to employees in different currencies. You must enable at least one currency as the default currency for all information related to money in your system. This default is known as the Base Currency for your Business Group.

Workflow

Workflow

You use the Oracle HRMS Workflow tool to:

• Create and maintain taskflows

  See: Task Flow (Oracle Workflow)

• Configure the approval and notification workflow process for RPAs and for Within Grade Increases (WGIs).

  See: RPA and PD Workflow Overview

• Configure the workflow process for budget worksheets based on user-defined routing lists, position hierarchies, or supervisory hierarchies. You restrict which users process transactions by defining routing and authorization rules.

Extend Oracle HRMS

You can extend Oracle HRMS to meet the needs of your enterprise.

You can configure Oracle HRMS by designing windows to match your specific business processes. You can also link windows together to form any number of flows required by your users. Configuring windows and taskflows enable your users to perform their tasks more efficiently.

How can you hold additional information?

You can add data fields to windows to hold any additional information you require. Flexfields are flexible fields that enable you to do this.

Then, when you click in a flexfield you have set up, a window opens, displaying segments into which you can enter data.

You can also set up your own tables to hold data such as agency-specific basic and special rate pay tables.

How can you ensure the same terminology is used and speed up data entry?

Oracle provides lists of values called QuickCodes for certain items of information. QuickCodes ensure that all users use the same terminology, making it easier to inquire and report on information. QuickCodes also speed up data entry because you can enter just enough to identify the value, and the system completes the entry.

Can you link windows together?

Oracle recognizes that to complete many tasks, you need to use more than one window. You can link these windows together in a task flow so that you can choose a button to bring up each window in turn without returning to the menu.

How is security affected by configuring windows?

Any windows that you configure behave in the same way as existing windows. Security is set by the user's security profile option and responsibility. However, you can configure the Find results window to enable users to see information for people outside of their security profile. They cannot change this information.

In addition, you can create windows that:

• Restrict the list of values on certain fields or limit access to certain types of information

• Use workflow so that any data changes must be approved before the changes are applied to the database. This applies to the windows that are based on templates.

Can you define currency formats?

You can define the formats for displaying currency amounts.

Flexfields

Flexfields

Flexfields are flexible fields that enable you to configure and extend Oracle Applications by adding fields to windows. There are two types of flexfield:

• Key flexfields enable you to define additional information you want to record in existing fields.

• Descriptive flexfields enable you to add fields to windows to record additional information.

  Extra Information Types (EITs) are a type of descriptive flexfield that enable you to set up unlimited amounts of extra information for eight of the most important entities in Oracle HRMS.

You can set up each flexfield to contain a number of segments, which act like separate fields.

When a user clicks in a flexfield you have set up, a window opens, displaying the segments that you have defined. For each segment, you can define:

• Its prompt

• The type of data it can contain

• The values a user can enter

You can provide a list or range of valid values. You also control the size and display characteristics of each segment and the sequence in which the segments appear.

User-Definable Key Flexfields

In Oracle HRMS there are six user definable key flexfields, for each of which you can define up to 30 segments:

• Job

• Position

• Grade

• Competence

• People Group

• Personal Analysis

• Cost Allocation

• Collective Agreement Grades

The Personal Analysis and Collective Agreement Grades key flexfields can have an unlimited number of structures. All other flexfields can have only one structure each.

You can define up to 30 segments for each structure in all key flexfields except for the Collective Agreement Grades key flexfield. This can have up to 20 segments for each structure.

How Oracle HRMS Uses Key Flexfields

Oracle US Federal HR product predefines the Grade Flexfield. The product requires that you also include specific segments in the Position and Job flexfields. The Personal Analysis Flexfield has predefined values.

The People Group, Cost Allocation, and Competence Flexfields have no minimum requirements.

The Collective Agreement Grade flexfield is not supported for Oracle US Federal HR.

The following sections provide some general information about Oracle HRMS usage of the key flexfields. For detailed information on key flexfield descriptions and lookups, refer to US Federal Human Resource Key Flexfields.

Unique Identifiers

The Job, Position, Grade Name, and Competence flexfields enable you to create a unique name, which is a combination of separate components or segments. You can use these flexfields when you are defining the work structures and competencies that exist in your enterprise.

Tip: When you are defining your requirements for these key flexfields you should consider the following points:

• The task of defining the segment combinations is normally restricted to one or two users only. Therefore, you may not need to use value sets, or cross validation rule options to control the values that can be entered.

  • The names that users see are made up of a combination of segment values. The segment values are displayed, not the meanings.

  • Avoid segments containing information that may change regularly. There is no history of changes to the combinations you create. For example, do not define minimum and maximum values for grades as segments of the Grade flexfield.

Analysis Information

The People Group and Personal Analysis flexfields enable you to add key information to records of employee assignments and people. You can use the individual segments of these flexfields to identify or report on specific groups of people.

Payroll Costing

The Cost Allocation key flexfield is used to collect and to accumulate costs associated with running a payroll.

Collective Agreement Grade Structures

The Collective Agreement Grades key flexfield enables you to create an unlimited number of grade structures. You use the individual segments of each grade structure to record the grade factors that are defined within a collective agreement.

Once the grade structure is recorded you can link it to a collective agreement and enter the required factor values for each reference grade in the Agreement Grades window.

What You Must Set Up

The key flexfields are central to Oracle HRMS, therefore you must create certain definitions before you can set up your Business Group.

For detailed information on key flexfield descriptions and lookups, refer to Oracle US Federal Human Resource Key Flexfields.

Job Key Flexfield

• You can only define one structure per Business Group for each of these flexfields.

• You must define a segment for the occupational series using the supplied value set. After defining the job key flexfield, you map this segment to the US Federal Organization Information.

• You must define a structure name for these flexfields before you can define a Business Group.

• You associate these structures with a Business Group in the Business Group Information window, which opens from the Organization window.

Position Key Flexfield

• You can only define one structure per Business Group for each of these flexfields.

• You must define four segments for the position title, position description number, sequence number, and agency code using the supplied value set. The Position Title segment must reside in the first five segments of the key flexfield. After you define the position key flexfield, you map these four segments to the US Federal Organization Information.

• You must define a structure name for these flexfields before you can define a Business Group.

• You associate these structures with a Business Group in the Business Group Information window, which opens from the Organization window.

• It is essential to run the Create Key Flexfield DB Items process whenever you create or change the Position key flexfield definitions. See: Creating Key Flexfield Database Items.

Grade Key Flexfield

• The application predefines the flexfield segments and the structure name for the Grade Key Flexfield. You must compile the flexfield.

• You associate these structures with a Business Group in the Business Group Information window, which opens from the Organization window.

• You run the Create Federal HR Valid Combinations for the Grade Key Flexfield process to enter the predefined grade and pay plan combinations for each business group you set up.

Competence Key Flexfield

• You must define a structure name for this flexfield before you can define a Business Group.

• You can only define one structure per Business Group for this flexfield.

• You associate this structure with a Business Group in the Business Group Information window, which opens from the Organization window. This defines the key flexfield that is used when creating competencies specific to the Business Group.

• You can create an additional key flexfield that can be used to create global competencies that are available across all Business Groups. You can, however, use the same key flexfield you have defined for the Business Group if you want. You define this key flexfield in the HR: Global Competence Flex Structure profile option.

• You must specify one of the segments as the Default Attribute using the flexfield qualifier. You must also attach the Others flexfield qualifier to all other segments in the structure.

• It is essential to run the Create Key Flexfield DB Items process whenever you create or change the Competence key flexfield definitions. See: Creating Key Flexfield Database Items.

People Group Key Flexfield

• You can only define one structure per Business Group for this flexfield.

• You do not create separate combinations of segments for the People Group flexfield. You enter values for each employee as part of the employee assignment.

• You must define a structure name for this flexfield before you can define a Business Group.

• You must define at least one segment for the People Group flexfield in order to be able to use the Assignment window.

• It is essential to run the Create Key Flexfield DB Items process whenever you create or change the People Group key flexfield definition. See: Creating Key Flexfield Database Items.

Personal Analysis Key Flexfield

• You can create any number of structures per Business Group for this flexfield. Each one represents a Special Information Type.

• Each Special Information Type can have up to thirty fields (where each field is a segment of the flexfield).

• You can set up cross-validation to ensure that users enter correct combinations of segments. You can also speed up data entry and minimize errors by defining an 'Alias' for common combinations of segment values.

• You do not need to define any structures for the Personal Analysis flexfield before you can use Oracle HRMS.

• You link each structure to a Business Group in the Special Information Types window while you are logged on to that Business Group.

• You can customize windows to restrict access to specific Information Types.

Cost Allocation Key Flexfield

• You can only define one structure per Business Group for this flexfield.

• You can control the levels at which users can enter cost information by using the flexfield qualifiers.

• You must define a structure name for this flexfield before you can define a Business Group.

• A number of windows in Oracle HRMS check for the existence of a valid flexfield structure for Cost Allocation. You must define at least one segment for your Cost Allocation flexfield.

Collective Agreement Grades (CAGR) Key Flexfield

• You can create any number of structures for this flexfield.

Important: If you are using the Italian legislation, do not create new structures for this flexfield. You must use the predefined structure, IT_CAGR, and you must not make changes to it. Otherwise, you may be unable to enter collective agreement grades for your assignments.

• You can define up to 20 segments within each structure. Each segment refers to a grade factor that is available as part of the grade structure.

• You must check the Allow Dynamic Inserts check box when defining the structure of this flexfield.

• You do not need to define any structures for the Collective Agreement Grades flexfield before you can use Oracle HRMS.

• You link each structure to a collective agreement in the Agreement Grades window. The reference grades entered in this window are recorded against this combination.

• You can enter values for each of the defined grade factors as part of each reference grade in the Agreement Grades window.

Flexfields: Open Key Window Profile Option

The way in which key flexfield windows open is controlled by the Flexfields:Open Key Window profile option. If this option is set to Yes, the flexfield window automatically pops open when the user navigates to the field. If it is set to No, users can open the flexfield by choosing Edit Field from the Edit menu or pressing CTRL+L. The default is Yes.

User Definable Descriptive Flexfields

The predefined fields in Oracle HRMS windows are designed to meet your core information requirements. However, like all enterprises, you may have special requirements that are best met by fields that you design yourself. Oracle HRMS provides a flexible mechanism called descriptive flexfields to enable you to add fields to windows.

All window blocks in which you can enter information contain a user definable descriptive flexfield. You decide in which blocks you want to record additional information. Each user definable descriptive flexfield has 20 segments that you can define. After you define a descriptive flexfield, Oracle HRMS treats the segments as part of the window.

The following figure illustrates the distinctive appearance of descriptive flexfields. When users click in a flexfield that you have set up, or choose Edit Field from the Edit menu, a window opens, displaying up to 20 segments that you have defined.

The way in which descriptive flexfield windows open is controlled by the Flexfields:Open Descr Window profile option. If this option is set to Yes, the flexfield window automatically pops open when the user navigates to the field. If it is set to No, users can open the flexfield by choosing Edit Field from the Edit menu or pressing CTRL+L. The default is Yes.

Segments

For each segment, you can define:

• Its prompt

• The type of data it can contain

• The values a user can enter

You can provide a list or range of valid values. You also control the size and display characteristics of each segment and the order in which the segments appear.

Types of Descriptive Flexfield Segments

You can define two types of descriptive flexfield segments:

• Global segments, which always appear in the window.

• Context-sensitive segments, that appear only when a defined context exists. You can prompt the user to provide the context, or you can provide the context automatically from a reference field in the same block.

  For example, a segment holding information about an employee's disability might appear only when the Disabled field is checked.

Important: Some descriptive flexfields appear in more than one window. For example, the Additional Evaluation Details flexfield appears in the Job Evaluation window and the Position Evaluation window.

Check all of the windows that use a descriptive flexfield before you define any of the segments. This is especially important if you intend to make the flexfield context sensitive to another field. You must ensure that the reference field is present in all of the windows that use the flexfield.

See: Descriptive Flexfield List for a full list of user definable descriptive flexfields in Oracle HRMS.

Descriptive Flexfield List

The following table lists all the user definable descriptive flexfields in Oracle HRMS.

Descriptive Flexfield Title	Window Title	Database Items
Additional Absence Details	Absence Detail, View Absence History	ABSENCES_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Absence Type Details	Absence Attendance Type	ABSENCE_TYPES_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Address Details	Address, Applicant Entry Contact	PERSON_ADDRESSES_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Application Details	Applicant Entry, Application, Terminate Applicant	APPLICATIONS_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Appraisal Details
Additional Appraisal Template Details
Additional Assessment Group Details
Additional Assessment Type Details
Additional Assessment Details	Medical Assessment
Additional Assignment Details	Applicant Entry, Application, Assignment, Assignment History	ASSIGNMENTS_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Assignment Status Details	Secondary Statuses
Additional Balance Type Details	Balance (Oracle Payroll only)
Additional Benefit Contribution Details	Benefit Contributions (US only)
Additional Booking Details	Applicant Interview, Book Events, Employee Review, Event Bookings
Additional Budget Details	Budget
Additional Budget Values Details
Additional Budget Version Details	Budget
Additional Calendar Information	Budgetary Calendar (Oracle Payroll)
Additional Candidate Information	Election
Additional Career Path Details	Career Path Names
Additional Checklist Item Details
Additional COBRA Benefit Details	COBRA Benefits (US only)
Additional COBRA Coverage Details	COBRA Coverage (US only)
Additional COBRA Payment Details	COBRA Payment (US only)
Additional COBRA Status Details	COBRA Status (US only)
Additional Collective Agreement Details	Collective Agreements
Additional Coll. Agreed Grades Details	Agreement Grades
Additional Competence Details
Additional Competence Element Details
Additional Constituency Details	Election
Additional Contact Relationship Details	Contact	CONTACTS_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Contract Details	Contract
Additional Delivery Method Details
Additional Deployment Factor Details	Work Choices, and Position Transaction (Work Choices tabbed region)
Additional Disability Information	Disabilities
Additional Election Details	Election
Additional Element Entry Information	Adjust Balance (Oracle Payroll only), Element Entries, View Element Entry History for Employee
Additional Element Link Information	Element Link (Oracle Payroll)
Additional Element Type Details	Element (Oracle Payroll)
Additional Establishment Att Details
Additional Establishment Details
Additional Evaluation Details	Job, Position
Additional Event Details	Applicant Interview, Employee Review, Event Bookings	EVENTS_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Grade Details	Grade	GRADES_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Hierarchy Details	Generic Hierarchy
Additional Incident Details	Work Incident
Additional Job Details	Job	JOBS_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Letter Details	Letter
Additional Location Details	Location
Additional Node Details	Generic Hierarchy
Additional Objectives Details
Additional Organization Information	Organization
Additional Organization Payment Method Details	Organizational Payment Method (Oracle Payroll)
Additional Organization Structure Details	Organization Hierarchy
Additional Organization Unit Details	Organization	ORGANIZATION_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Participants Details
Additional Pay Scale Information	Pay Scale
Additional Pay Rate Details	Grade Rate, Scale Rate
Additional Payroll Action Details (Oracle Payroll)
Additional Payroll Details	Payroll	PAYROLLS_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Performance Ratings Details
Additional Period Information	Budgetary Calendar, Period Dates (Payroll form)
Additional Period of Placement Details	End Placement
Additional Period Type Information	Period Types
Additional Person Analysis Details	Special Information, List People By Special Information
Additional Personal Details	Applicant Entry, Contact, People, People Folder	PEOPLE_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional PPM Details	Personal Payment Method
Add'l Person Type Usage Details	Person Type Usage
Additional Position Details	Position, Find Positions (Mass Move form)	POSITION_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Position Structure Details	Position Hierarchy
Additional Previous Employer Details	Previous Employment
Additional Previous Job Details	Previous Employment
Additional Previous Job Usage Details	Previous Job
Additional Qualification Details
Additional Qualification Types
Additional Rating Level Details
Additional Rating Scale Details
Additional Recruitment Activity Details	Recruitment Activity	RECRUITMENT_ACTIVITIES_<SEGMENT_NAME>
Additional Requirement Details	Job, Position
Additional Requisition Details	Requisition and Vacancy
Additional Role Details	Supplementary Roles
Additional Salary Administration Details	Salary Administration
Additional Salary Basis Details	Salary Basis
Additional Standard Holiday Absence Details
Additional Subjects Taken Details
Add'l Succession Planning Det.	Succession Planning page
Additional Telephone Number Details	Phone Numbers
Additional Template Details	People Management Configurator (Template Object)
Additional Vacancy Details	Requisition and Vacancy
Additional Valid Grade Details	Job, Position
Additional Version Details	Generic Hierarchy
Additional Year Information	Budgetary Calendar
Assignment Extra Information	Extra Assignment Information
Extra Job Info Details	Extra Job Information
Extra Location Info Details	Extra Location Information
Extra Person Info Details	Extra Person Information
Extra Position Info Details
Extra Previous Job Details	Previous Employment
Further Candidate Information	Election
Further Election Information	Election
Proposal Component Addl Info
Review Addl Information
Salary Survey Additional Information
Survey Line Addnl Information
Survey Mapping Add Info

Descriptive Flexfields and Address Styles

Oracle HRMS supplies two predefined descriptive flexfields to hold address information in different styles for different countries. These are:

• the Personal Address Information descriptive flexfield: This holds the address information of your employee or applicant.

• the Location Address descriptive flexfield: This holds the address information of your locations.

Oracle HRMS holds the addresses of people and locations separately to enable you to record different information for tax reporting.

You can use these descriptive flexfields to add new address styles or to change the styles included in Oracle HRMS.

Important: If you change the predefined styles, your changes are overwritten when you upgrade Oracle HRMS. If you add new styles, your changes may be overwritten if new startup data contains address styles for these countries.

Address Styles

Address styles vary between countries, so Oracle HRMS provides descriptive flexfields that use context-sensitive segments to hold each line of an address. The Address Styles Flexfields table below details the title of the flexfield, its location and where it is used.

Address Style Flexfields in Oracle HRMS

Title	Table Name	Window Title
Personal Address Information	PER_ADDRESSES	Address, Applicant Entry
Location Address	HR_LOCATIONS	Location, Organization

The available address styles are defined as the contexts for these flexfields. There are two types of address style:

• International

• Local

Address styles are provided as startup data in these flexfields. If you require additional address styles, you need to define a new context and segments.

International Address Style

This style provides basic validation of address data. Oracle HRMS provides international address styles for many countries. This style can be used for both location and personal addresses. International address styles are named territory_code_GLB. For example, the Australian international address style is AU_GLB.

Territory codes can be found in the FND_TERRITORIES table.

If no international address style is available for your country, you can use the generic style (GENERIC) to enter your address information. This generic structure provides no validation.

Local Address Style

This style provides full validation of address data and is set up by a localization team. Where a local address style exists, it can usually be used for both location and personal addresses. Local address styles are named territory_code. For example, the Australian local address style is AU.

Where a local address style exists and the Business Group uses the legislation code for that country, the local address style is displayed as the default in the appropriate address entry window. Where no local address exists, the international style is the default.

US and Canadian users: the local address style for the US or Canada is only available when you have Vertex geocodes data installed.

Developer Flexfields

Oracle HRMS supplies developer key flexfields and developer descriptive flexfields. Your localization team has defined these flexfields, as required, to meet the specific legislative and reporting needs of your country.

The protected developer key flexfields are the Soft Coded Legislation key flexfield and the Bank Details key flexfield.

Of the developer descriptive flexfields, all except six are protected and cannot be amended. The remaining six have Extra Information Types that you can use to configure your application.

See: Extra Information Types (EITs), Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

The following table lists the developer descriptive flexfields, including EITs.

Developer Descriptive Flexfields in Oracle HRMS

Title	Table Name	Window Title
Extra Job Information (EIT)
Extra Location Information (EIT)
Extra Person Information (EIT)
Extra Position Information (EIT)
Extra Previous Job Information	PER_PREVIOUS_JOB_EXTRA_INFO	Previous Employment
Further Absence Information (Additional Absence Detail Information)	PER_ABSENCE_ATTENDANCES	Absence Detail
Further Assignment Information (EIT)
Further Budget Values Details
Further Candidate Information	PER_ELECTION_CANDIDATES	Election
Further Canvas Properties	HR_CANVAS_PROPERTIES_B	People Management Configurator (Canvas Object)
Further Collective Agreement Information	PER_COLLECTIVE_AGREEMENTS	Collective Agreements
Further Competence Element Information	PER_COMPETENCE_ELEMENTS
Further Competence Element Outcomes Information	PER_COMP_ELEMENT_OUTCOMES
Further Competence Information	PER_COMPETENCES	Competencies
Further Competence Outcomes Information	PER_COMPETENCE_OUTCOMES
Further Contact Relationship Information	PER_CONTACT_RELATIONSHIPS	Contacts
Further Contract Information (Datetracked)	PER_CONTRACTS_F	Contracts
Further Contribution History Information
Further Disability Information (Datetracked)	PER_DISABILITIES_F	Disabilities
Further Election Information	PER_ELECTIONS	Election
Further Element Information (Datetracked)	PAY_ELEMENT_TYPES_F	Element
Further Element Entry Information (Datetracked)	PAY_ELEMENT_ENTRIES_F	Element Entry
Further Establishment Information	PER_ESTABLISHMENTS	Schools/Colleges
Further Form Properties	HR_FORM_PROPERTIES	People Management Configurator (Form Object)
Further Item Properties	HR_ITEM_PROPERTIES	People Management Configurator (Item Object)
Further Job Information	PER_JOBS	Job
Further Medical Assessment Information	PER_MEDICAL_ASSESSMENTS	Medical Assessment
Further Payment Method Information (Datetracked)	PAY_ORG_PAYMENT_METHODS_F	Organizational Payment Method
Further Payroll Information (Datetracked)	PAY_ALL_PAYROLLS_F	Payroll
Further Period Details	PER_TIME_PERIODS	Payroll Periods
Further Period of Service Information (Add'l Periods of Service Information)	PER_PERIOD_OF_SERVICE	Terminate
Further Person Information (Datetracked)	PER_PEOPLE_F	People, Applicant Entry
Further Previous Employer Information	PER_PREVIOUS_EMPLOYERS	Previous Employment
Further Previous Job Information	PER_PREVIOUS_EMPLOYERS	Previous Employment
Further Previous Job Usage Information	PER_PREVIOUS_JOB_USAGES	Previous Job
Further Qualification Information	PER_QUALIFICATIONS	Qualifications
Further Role Information	PER_ROLES	Supplementary Roles
Further Subject Information	PER_SUBJECTS_TAKEN	Qualifications
Further Tab Page Properties	HR_TAB_PAGE_PROPERTIES_B	People Management Configurator (Tab Page Object)
Further Template Properties		People Management Configurator
Further Window Properties	HR_WINDOW_PROPERTIES_B	People Management Configurator (Window Object)
Further Work Incident Information	PER_WORK_INCIDENTS	Work Incidents
Org Developer DF
State Tax Limit Rate Information
Statutory Transaction Information
Tax Signup Developer DF

Your localization team determines which of these flexfields are required for your legislation, and what segments they should contain. The legislation of your business group determines which developer descriptive flexfields are displayed. This means that if your enterprise uses multiple business groups that have different legislations, different developer descriptive flexfields are displayed for business groups of each legislation.

Caution: Do not attempt to alter the definitions of the protected flexfields. These definitions are a fundamental part of Oracle HRMS. Any change to them may lead to errors in the operating of the system.

It is possible that Oracle HRMS will use other segments of these flexfields in the future. Therefore, do not add segments to any protected flexfield, as this may affect your ability to upgrade your system in the future.

Soft Coded Legislation Key Flexfield

This key flexfield holds legislation-specific information. The legislation of your business group determines the flexfield structure that you see.

Each localization team defines a flexfield structure, if required, which enables you to enter information specific to your legislation at the employee or contingent worker assignment level.

Bank Details Key Flexfield

This flexfield holds legislation-specific bank account information. The legislation of your business group determines the flexfield structure that you see. Each localization team defines a flexfield structure that allows you to record the bank account information relevant to your legislation. You enter this information in the Organizational Payment Method window and Personal Payment Method window.

Creating Key Flexfield Database Items

The Create Key Flexfield DB Items process turns data in key flexfields into database items that Oracle FastFormula can access. It is essential to run this process whenever you create or change the Grade, Job, Position, or People Group key flexfield definitions.

Submit the process from the Submit Requests window.

To create key flexfield database items

1. Run the Create Key Flexfield DB Items process.

   Run this process whenever you create or change these key flexfield definitions.

   See: Running Reports and Programs, Oracle Applications User's Guide

Setting up the Job Key Flexfield

You define the Job key flexfield to hold information about the work structure that exists in your Business Group. The Job key flexfield stores the occupational series information.

To set up the Job key flexfield

1. In the Key Flexfield Segments window, create a new Job Key Flexfield structure and name it, for example, US Government Job.

2. In the Segments Summary window, define the first segment for the occupational jobs series using the supplied value set GHR_US_OCC_SERIES.

3. Note the Name and Column fields for the occupational series segment. You refer to this information during implementation.

Setting up the Position Key Flexfield for Non-NFC Implementations

You define the Position key flexfield to hold information about the work structure that exists in your business group. The Position key flexfield stores the position title, agency code, and other position-related information.

To set up the Position key flexfield

1. In the Key Flexfield Segments window, create a new Position Key Flexfield structure and name it, for example, US Federal Position.

2. In the Segments Summary window, you must define four required US Federal Position segments using the supplied value sets.

   • Define Position Title (GHR_US_POSITION_TITLE) using one of the first five segments (Segment 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5)

     When you define the Position Key Flexfield, you must define the Position Title as one of the first five segments of the Position Key Flexfield structure. By restricting the location of the Position Title to one of these segments, you improve the performance of the To Position LOV (Lookup Value) on the Request for Personnel Action (RPA) form.

   • Using the remaining segments, define Position Description Number (GHR_US_POS_DESC_NUM), Sequence Number (GHR_US_SEQUENCE_NUM), and Agency/Subelement Code (GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE).

3. Note the Name and Column fields for the four position segments. You refer to this information during implementation.

4. You can define up to 30 segments within the structure.

   For the segments that you add, you can define a list of valid codes or values.

   See: User Definable Key Flexfields

Setting up the Position Key Flexfield for NFC Implementations

You define the Position key flexfield for NFC implementations to hold information such as the position title, OPM and NFC agency codes, and grade information.

When defining the segments, you must define the segment numbers and the prompts as instructed in the following steps.

See: Setting up the Position Key Flexfield for Non-NFC Implementations

To set up the Position key flexfield

1. In the Key Flexfield Segments window, create a new Position Key Flexfield structure and name it, for example, US Federal Position

2. In the Segments Summary window, define the first segment:

   • Sequence Number: 1

   • Name: Position Title

   • Window Prompt: Position Title

   • Column: Segment1

   • Value Set: GHR_US_POSITION_TITLE

   • Displayed: Checked

   • Enabled: Checked

3. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

   • Required: Checked

   • Enter an amount for the Display size and Description size based on your agency's requirements.

4. Save your work.

5. In the Segments Summary window, define the second segment:

   • Sequence Number: 2

   • Name: OPM Agency Code

   • Window Prompt: OPM Agency Code

   • Column: Segment2

   • Value Set: GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE

   • Displayed: Checked

   • Enabled: Checked

6. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

   • Required: Checked

   • Enter an amount for the Display size and Description size based on your agency's requirements.

7. Save your work.

8. In the Segments Summary window, define the third segment:

   • Sequence Number: 3

   • Name: NFC Agency Code

   • Window Prompt: NFC Agency Code

   • Column: Segment3

   • Value Set: GHR_US_NFC_AGENCY_CODE

   • Displayed: Checked

   • Enabled: Checked

9. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

   • Required: Checked

   • Enter an amount for the Display size and Description size based on your agency's requirements.

10. Save your work.

11. In the Segments Summary window, define the first segment:

    • Sequence Number: 4

    • Name: Personnel Office ID

    • Window Prompt: Personnel Office ID

    • Column: Segment4

    • Value Set: GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID

    • Displayed: Checked

    • Enabled: Checked

12. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

    • Required: Checked

    • Enter an amount for the Display size and Description size based on your agency's requirements.

13. Save your work.

14. In the Segments Summary window, define the fifth segment:

    • Sequence Number: 5

    • Name: Position Number

    • Window Prompt: Position Number

    • Column: Segment5

    • Value Set: GHR_US_POS_DESC_NUM

    • Displayed: Checked

    • Enabled: Checked

15. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

    • Required: Checked

    • Enter an amount for the Display size and Description size based on your agency's requirements.

16. Save your work.

17. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

    • Required: Unchecked (unlike the other options, this option is not selected)

18. Save your work.

19. In the Segments Summary window, define the seventh segment:

    • Sequence Number: 7

    • Name: Valid Grade

    • Window Prompt: Valid Grade

    • Column: Segment7

    • Value Set: GHR_GRADES

    • Displayed: Checked

    • Enabled: Checked

20. Click the Open button to display the Segments window, and define the following options:

    • Required: Checked

    • Enter an amount for the Display size and Description size based on your agency's requirements.

21. Save your work.

Creating Descriptive Flexfield Database Items

You can use descriptive flexfield segments in QuickPaint reports and formulas if there are database items for these segments.

See Descriptive Flexfield List for a list of flexfields for which you can create database items.

Submit the process from the Submit Requests window.

To create descriptive flexfield database items

1. Run the Create Descriptive Flexfield DB Items process.

   Run this process whenever you create or change these descriptive flexfield definitions.

   See: Running Reports and Programs, Oracle Applications User's Guide

   Note: The process can only create database items for global segments. It does not create database items for context-sensitive segments.

Changing Default National Address Styles

National address styles, both international and local, are held and configured in the Personal Address Information and the Location Address descriptive flexfields. You can configure these styles using the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window.

You cannot construct any flexfield segment value sets with:

• Profile options, $PROFILE$

• Previous segment values, $FLEX$

• Block.field references

• Security rules

Note: You must ensure the Personal_Address or Location_Address protected flag is off.

To change the address style for any country, redefine those segments you do not want to use. Then define new segments to record your own information.

To alter an existing address style

1. Enter Oracle Human Resources in the application field.

2. Enter Personal Address Information or Location Address in the title field as appropriate.

3. Run the query.

4. Uncheck the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box.

   Note: Read the warning.

5. Select the address style for your country.

   Note: Both international and local address styles are included in the list of context field values.

6. Click the segments button.

   This opens a new window with the segment and value set information for the selected address style.

7. Update the segments.

   Note: You must make the Country segment mandatory. Do not change the validation on any segment as this may invalidate existing data.

8. Save your work, and open the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window. Make sure any new segments are enabled, and displayed.

9. Check the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box.

10. Choose the Compile button.

    When compilation is complete, exit your current login session, then log in again to see your updated styles.

To add an address style

1. Enter Oracle Human Resources in the application field.

2. Enter Personal Address Information or Location Address in the title field as appropriate.

3. Run the query.

4. Uncheck the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box.

   Note: Read the warning.

5. Choose New from the File menu.

6. Enter the country code in the code and name fields.

   Note: Ensure that the length of the country code in the Code field is not more than seven characters. Otherwise, Oracle HRMS displays an error when you try to select the address style and save the location.

7. Enter a description and select the Segments button.

8. Define the segments.

   Note: You can only use the columns provided by Oracle HR for your segments.

9. Save your work.

   Note: Make sure any new segments are enabled. You can choose whether segments are displayed or not.

10. Check the Freeze Flexfield Definition check box.

11. Choose the Compile button.

    When compilation is complete, exit your current login session. Then log in again to see your updated styles.

Extra Information Types

Extra Information Types (EITs)

Extra Information Types are defined using descriptive flexfields. You can set up any number of different EITs for:

• Location

• Job

• Position

• Person

• Assignment

• Organization

• Element types

• Previous Job

• Contacts

• Role

Note: EITs for Organization are different because you can define which organization classification the EIT is available for.

For each EIT you can define up to 30 fully validated segments of information (or 20 for organizations).

Note: Oracle HRMS provides some predefined EITs. You may add your own information types, but you must not change the definitions of the delivered EITs.

Unlike the usual descriptive flexfields, EITs are child entities with separate tables to hold the information you enter. This means that you can have multiple instances of an EIT for each main record. When you define the EIT, you can specify whether you want to allow multiple instances. With the exception of organizations, EIT data is viewed and entered in a separate window which you can task flow.

The windows for all the EITs have the common look and feel of all the descriptive flexfield windows. This means that you can use your new EITs as soon as you save your definitions. Since flexfield definitions are preserved through upgrades, EITs do not require expensive recoding of configured forms with each new release.

For information about predefined EITs, see: Location Extra Information Types, Organization Extra Information Types, Person Extra Information Types, Position Extra Information Types, Assignment Extra Information Types.

Key Flexfield Combinations

EITs are very similar to Special Information Types (SITs). Oracle enables you to choose whether to set up extra or special information types, or both. Both types of information use flexfields to define the structure and validation of their segments.

However, SITs are stored in a key flexfield combination table where the combination of segments must be unique - a feature of all key flexfields. EITs are stored in a descriptive flexfield table where the combination of segment values do not need to form a unique key.

This means that EITs have performance advantages in large scale, or global implementations where you may want to transfer large volumes of information between separate installations.

Dates and EITs

EITs are not datetracked. Even if the parent entity, for example People, is datetracked, the extra information is not. However, if you want to track changes to specific EITs you can define date segments for Start and End Dates and use multiple rows of the EIT to track changes.

Extra Information Validation

The Extra Information flexfields have required data items that you must complete before saving the record. The Position Extra Information flexfield contains a Validate button, so that you can simultaneously save your changes and validate the data.

The system checks the data and notifies you in an error message if it finds any inconsistent data. You can then make the required corrections, and then choose the Validate button again to save and validate the data.

Extra Information Types (EITs) for US Federal

HR administrators or managers can update the assignment Telework information for their employees using the US Federal Telework Information EIT. HR administrators can use the Assignment, Extra Information window in Oracle HRMS and managers can use the Extra Information self-service page to provide the Telework details.

EITs and Security

Special and Extra Information types use CustomForm and Taskflow security to restrict access to information types as part of a specific user process. For example, in a Retirement process, you candesign your user process to include a separate federal service window as part of the taskflow and restrict the window to display only separation or termination-related information types.

EITs also have an extended security option to define access to all EITs at the responsibility level, not just one at a time. This means that you can also restrict access to EITs as part of a role-based security model. For example, you could limit line-manager access to a set of EITs that include job, person and assignment information types. You can do this more easily with EITs because you can restrict access to all EITs at the level of responsibility.

Restricting Access to Extra Information

You can restrict access to EITs using a combination of the following:

• Menus and task flows : Without the EIT window a user cannot see or change any extra information for the entity.

• CustomForm and task flows: This restricts EITs to specific user processes.

  For example, at the person level you might define EITs to hold medical details, security information and information required for working in other countries. In this situation you might want to create two task flows, the first with a button for entering only medical details and the second with a button for entering the other types of extra information

• Responsibility level security: For each responsibility, you must select the EITs to be viewed. CustomForm and task flow restrictions provide additional security. You might specify that a responsibility can access an EIT, but users of this responsibility will not be able to view the extra information unless they have access to a window that displays it.

Note: This security does not apply to extra information on organizations.

Example Script for Registering Extra Information Types (EITs)

If you have created new organization EITs, you must create a SQL script to insert a row for each EIT into the relevant information type table. This is known as registering your information type. When you create your script, you can use the sample script provided as a guide.

Note: If you have created non-organization EITs, you use the concurrent process Register Extra Information Types (EITs) instead.

See: Register Extra Information Types (EITs)

Example Script to Register EITs

WHENEVER SQLERROR EXIT FAILURE ROLLBACK
REM /* $Header: example.sql $ */
REM =============================================
REM SQL Script File Name : example.sql
REM Description : This sql script inserts information
REM 1) HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES
REM 2) HR_ORG_INFO_TYPES_BY_CLASS
REM =========================================
WHERE not exists (SELECT 1
--1) Insert into HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES:---
-- Note different parameter value for single and multi-row
-- Note different parameters for this EIT
INSERT INTO HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES
(ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE
,DESCRIPTION
,DESTINATION
,DISPLAYED_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE
,FND_APPLICATION_ID
,LEGISLATION_CODE
,NAVIGATION_METHOD
)
SELECT
'<Organization EIT Name>'
,'<Description>'
,NULL
,'<Display value on the Organization form>'
,NULL
,'<legislation code US/GB/etc>'
,'<GM for multi-row - GS for single>'
FROM sys.dual
WHERE not exists (SELECT 1
FROM HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES
WHERE ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE = '<Organization EIT Name>');
INSERT INTO HR_ORG_INFO_TYPES_BY_CLASS
(ORG_CLASSIFICATION
,ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE
,MANDATORY FLAG)
SELECT
'<Check lookup value for classification HR_BG for Business Group>'
, '<Organization EIT Name>'
,'N'
FROM sys.dual
WHERE not exists (SELECT 1
FROM HR_ORG_INFO_TYPES_BY_CLASS
WHERE ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE = '<Organization EIT Name>'
and
ORG_CLASSIFICATION = '< HR_BG for Business Group>');
/
COMMIT;
EXIT;

Setting Up Extra Information Types (Excluding Organization EITs)

The following steps explain how to set up Extra Information Types (EITs) to use in Oracle HRMS.

Note: EITs for organizations are set up differently. See: Setting Up Extra Information Types for an Organization Classification

1. In the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window, select the relevant descriptive flexfield by title (for example, Extra Job Information). The descriptive flexfields available are:

   • Extra Location Information (30 Segments)

   • Extra Job Information (30 Segments)

   • Extra Position Information (30 Segments)

   • Extra Person Information (30 Segments)

   • Extra Element Information (30 Segments)

   • Further Assignment Information (30 Segments)

   • Previous Extra Job Information (30 Segments)

   • Contact Extra Information (30 Segments)

2. Unprotect the relevant extra information type using the Register Descriptive Flexfield window. You must do this before you can query the flexfield in the Descriptive Flexfield window.

3. Create a new record in the Context Field Values region of the Descriptive Flexfield window and enter the name of your new Information Type in the Code field. As these are context-sensitive descriptive flexfields, enter INFORMATION_TYPE in the Reference Field.

4. Enter the segment values and compile in the same way as a standard descriptive flexfield.

   See: Defining Descriptive Flexfield Structures, Oracle Applications Flexfields Guide

   Important: There are some predefined EITs in Oracle HRMS. These definitions are a fundamental part of your Oracle HRMS installation and any change to them may lead to errors in the operation of the system. Do not attempt to alter the definitions of these developer flexfields or to add other segments to them. It is possible that Oracle will use other segments of these flexfields in the future. Any changes you make may affect your ability to upgrade your system in the future.

   For US Federal users: Do not prefix EIT definitions with GHR_US. This prefix is reserved for the predelivered US Federal definitions.

5. Reset the protection in the Register Descriptive Flexfield window so the flexfield remains a protected descriptive flexfield.

6. Run the Register Extra Information Types (EITs) concurrent program to insert a row for each EIT into the relevant Information Type table. The following table lists the tables for each EIT.

   Extra Information Type Tables

   EIT	Table
   Location	HR_LOCATION_INFO_TYPES
   Job	PER_JOB_INFO_TYPES
   Position	PER_POSITION_INFO_TYPES
   Person	PER_PEOPLE_INFO_TYPES
   Assignment	PER_ASSIGNMENT_INFO_TYPES
   Previous Job	PER_PREV_JOB_INFO_TYPES
   Contact	PER_CONTACT_INFO_TYPES

   Important: Oracle applications use a standard 2- or 3-character product prefix followed by an underscore to name the predefined EITs. To avoid current and future naming conflicts, you should adopt a different naming convention for your Extra Information Types; for example CUSTOM_EXPAT_TAXABILITY.

7. Use the Information Types Security window to set up responsibility level access to EITs.

   See: Setting Up Extra Information Types Against a Responsibility

   Your EIT will now be available anyone using the specified responsibilities. If you want to set up further security using CustomForm and task flow, continue with the next step.

8. Use the Form Customization window to restrict access to specific EITs within the appropriate windows.

   See: Configuring a Window using CustomForm

9. Use the Define Task Flow Nodes window to define new nodes for any CustomForm restrictions you have set up.

   See: Defining Task Flow Nodes

10. Use the Define Task Flow window, or use Oracle Workflow, to define and change task flows to include any new nodes you have set up.

    See: Creating Task Flows Using Forms

    See: Creating Task Flows Using Workflow

Setting Up Extra Information Types for an Organization Classification

To add Extra Information Types (EITs) to an organization classification

1. Define a new organization classification. You do not need to do this if you are setting up an EIT for a classification that already exists.

   Note: To define a new classification, enter a new value for the Lookup type ORG_CLASS in the Lookup Values window.

2. Define the new EIT. See: Entering Table Values

   • Unprotect the Org Developer DF using the Register Descriptive Flexfield window. You must do this before you can query the flexfield on the Descriptive Flexfield window

   • Add the new structure for the EIT to the Org Developer DF descriptive flexfield using the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window. The structure must have as its context the name of the extra information type, and as this is a context sensitive descriptive flexfield you must enter C_ORG_INFORMATION_CONTEXT in the Reference Field. Compile in the same way as a standard descriptive flexfield.

   • Reset the protection, so the flexfield remains a protected descriptive flexfield.

3. You need to enter rows into the following tables:

   • HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES

   • HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES_TL

   Oracle recommends that you write a script to carry out the HR_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPES_PKG.INSERT_ROW procedure to create the rows in the base table and translation table. The procedure uses the following parameters:

   Parameter	Column name	Description
   X_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE	ORG_INFORMATION	Name of the type (same as DDF context).
   X_DESCRIPTION	DESCRIPTION	Description of the extra information type.
   X_DISPLAYED_ORG_INFORMATION_TP	DISPLAYED_ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE	The Name of the Extra Information Type displayed in the Organization window.
   X_NAVIGATION_METHOD	NAVIGATION_METHOD	"GS" for single row, a user can only enter one extra information row for each organization. Alternatively, "GM" for multi row, a user can enter more than one row for each organization.
   X_LEGISLATION_CODE	LEGISLATION_CODE	Optionally, you can enter a legislation code to restrict to which business groups the EIT is available. If you do not enter a legislation code it will be valid for all business groups.
   X_DESTINATION	DESTINATION	This is set to Null.
   X_FND_APPLICATION_ID	FND_APPLICATION_ID	ID of application.
   X_CREATION_DATE	CREATION_DATE	Creation date.
   X_CREATED_BY	CREATED_BY	Created by (user ID).
   X_LAST_UPDATE_DATE	LAST_UPDATE_DATE	Date of last update.
   X_LAST_UPDATED_BY	LAST_UPDATED_BY	User ID of last person to update table.
   X_LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN	LAST_UPDATE_LOGIN	ID for the login session

4. Specify for which organization classifications this EIT should be available.

   To do this, enter a row into HR_ORG_INFO_TYPES_BY_CLASS as shown in the following table:

   Column name	Description
   ORG_CLASSIFICATION	ORG_CLASS lookup code
   ORG_INFORMATION_TYPE	Org extra information type
   MANDATORY_FLAG	Y (for Yes) or N (for No)

Setting Up Extra Information Types For a Responsibility

Before a user can access an Extra Information Type (EIT), you must attach the EIT to the user's responsibility. If you do not link your information types to a responsibility, users cannot access your information types.

Note: You can select EITs for any legislation to add to a responsibility in this window. Users of the Oracle HRMS professional user interface are restricted to seeing the information types for the legislation of the business group to which they have access. Self-service users are restricted to seeing information types for the legislation of the record they are working with.

Use the Information Type Security window to link EITs to a responsibility.

Note: If you have created new document types for the Documents of Record function, you also use the Information Type Security window to link these document types to a responsibility.

See: Creating Document Categories, Subcategories, and Types

To set up EITs for a responsibility

1. Select the name of the responsibility to which to attach the EIT.

   Note: The responsibilities displayed belong to the same application as the responsibility that you have used to display the Information Type Security window, for example, Human Resources. If you want to link an EIT to a responsibility from another application, for example, Advanced Benefits, you must access the Information Type Security window from an Advanced Benefits responsibility. If necessary, add the Information Types Security function to your responsibility.

   Oracle HRMS displays a list of EITs already associated with the responsibility you have chosen.

2. Enter or select the new EIT you want to link to the responsibility.

3. Save your work.

To copy EITs between responsibilities

1. Query the responsibility from which you want to copy.

2. Select the Copy Responsibility button

3. Enter the responsibility to which you want to copy.

   This responsibility is then displayed with the new EITs.

4. Save your work.

Entering Extra Information

The RPA contains a taskflow button that displays Extra Information that's required before you update the RPA to the HR database..

From the RPA you can also taskflow to the Job, Position, Person, and Location forms to enter or change Extra Information that does not accompany the specific personnel action that you're processing, such as a change in position data when processing an appointment.

To enter Extra Information in the RPA

1. Choose Extra Information.

2. Choose the Extra Information type that you want to display.

3. Place your cursor in the Details field and click the mouse field to view or enter Extra Information data.

   The Details field is blank unless you have previously entered data in the flexfield or the system has entered data after updating a Request for Personnel Action.

4. Enter information in the appropriate segments.

To access Extra Information in the People, and Assignment windows

1. Choose the Others taskflow button.

2. Choose Extra Information.

3. Choose the Extra Information type that you want to display.

4. Place your cursor in the Details field and click the mouse field to view or enter Extra Information data.

   The Details field is blank unless you have previously entered data in the flexfield or the system has entered data after updating a Request for Personnel Action.

Running the Register Extra Information Types (EITs) Process

Use this process to register any new Extra Information Types (EITs) (excluding Organization EITs).

You run this process from the Submit Requests window.

To run the Register Extra Information Types (EITs) process

1. In the Name field, select Register Extra Information Types (EITs).

   The Parameters window opens.

2. In the Table Name field, select the table in which the EIT will be registered.

3. In the Information Type field, select the extra information type created in the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window. The value in the Table Name field determines which information types are available.

4. In the Multiple Rows field, specify whether multiple occurrences of the same infotype can exist.

5. In the Legislation Code field, select the legislation code for the information type. The default value is the legislation code of the current business group.

   Note: If the information type is global, the legislation code value should be Null.

6. Optionally, enter a description for information type.

7. Choose the Submit button.

US Federal InformationTables

Assignment Extra Information Types

Assignment Information Type Name: US Federal Assignment NTE Dates (GHR_US_ASG_NTE_DATES)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Assignment NTE Start Date	none	D	none	none
Assignment NTE	none	D	none	none
LWOP NTE Start Date	none	D	none	none
LWOP NTE	none	D	none	none
Suspension NTE Start Date	none	D	none	none
Suspension NTE	none	D	none	none
Furlough NTE Start Date	none	D	none	none
Furlough NTE	none	D	none	none
LWP NTE Start Date	none	D	none	none
LWP NTE	none	D	none	none
Sabbatical NTE Start Date	none	D	none	none
Sabbatical NTE	none	D	none	none

Assignment Information Type: US Federal Assignment Non-RPA (GHR_US_ASG_NON_SF52)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Date Arrived Personnel Office	none	D	none	none
Duty Status	GHR_US_DUTY_STATUS	X	none	validate segment with the Lookup type: no values seeded
Furlough Indicator	GHR_US_FURLOUGH_IND
Key Emergency Essential Empl	GHR_US_ASGN_KEY_EMERG_ESSEN	X	none	none
Non-Disclosure Agmt Status	GHR_US_NON_DISCLOSURE_AGREE	X	none	none
Date WTOP Exemption Expires	none	D	none	none
Part-time Indicator	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	X	none	none
Qualification Standards Waiver	GHR_US_QUAL_STND_WAIVER	X	none	validation: none
Trainee Promotion ID	GHR_US_TRAINEE_PROMOTION_ID	X	none	none
Date Trainee Promotion Expect	none	D	none	none
Special Employee Code	GHR_US_SPCL_EMP_CODE	X	none	none

Assignment Information Type: US Federal Assignment RPA (GHR_US_ASG_SF52)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req. (R)	Remarks
Step or Rate	GHR_US_STEP	X	R	Step-In-Grade-Civ
Tenure	GHR_US_TENURE	X	R	none
Annuitant Indicator	GHR_US_ANNUITANT INDICATOR	X	R	none
Pay Rate Determinant	GHR_US_PAY_RATE_DETERMINANT	X	R	none
Calculation Pay Table	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID	X	none	none
Work Schedule	GHR_US_WORK_SCHEDULE	X	R	duplicate of Work Schedule in Position Group 1
Part-Time Hours Biweekly	GHR_US_PART_TIME_HOURS	N	none	min 0, max 199.99

Assignment Information Type Name: US FEDERAL ASSIGNMENT PROBATIONS GHR_US_ASG_PROBATIONS

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Date Initial Probationary Period Begins	none	D	none	none
Date Initial Probationary Period Ends	none	D	none	none

Assignment Information Type: US Fed Telework Information( GHR_US_FED_TELEWORK_INFO)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req. (R)	Remarks
Telework Authorized	GHR_US_TELEWORK_AUTH	X	R	Default to 1 (Routine)
Telework Ineligibility Reason	GHR_US_TELEWORK_INELIG_RSN	X	D
Telework Denial Date		D
Telework Agreement Start Date		D
Telework Agreement End Date		D
Telework Agreement Review Date
Telework Schedule	GHR_US_TELEWORK_SCHEDULE	X
Telework Training Complete Dt		D		Default from previous assignment record
Telework Termination Reason	GHR_US_TERMINATION_RSN	X
Telework Terminated Date		D
Telework Disability Accom			R	Default to “No”

Location Extra Information Type

Location Information Type: US Federal Location Information (GHR_US_LOC_INFORMATION)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Duty Station ID *	GHR_US_DUTY_STATION_ID	N	*	Duty Station Code/Loc Area/Loc Percent

* Duty Station ID is stored. The application retrieves and displays the Duty Station Code and Description from the GHR_DUTY_STATIONS_F table.

Organization Extra Information Types

The following Value Sets and Lookup Types will be used in the Job and Position Key Flexfields. See the Position Key Flexfield and Job Key Flexfield for additional details.

Organization Information Type: US Federal Organization Information (at Business Group level) GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Occupational Series (map to Value Set GHR_US_JOB_KFF_SEGMENT)	sql script	X	X	field size in Job must be 4
Position Title (map to Value Set GHR_US_POSITION_KFF_SEGMENT)	sql script	X	X	field size must be 60, validation: none
Position Descrip Num (map to Value Set GHR_US_POSITION_KFF_SEGMENT)	sql script	X	X	field size in Position must be 15, validation: none
Sequence Number (map to Value Set GHR_US_POSITION_KFF_SEGMENT)	sql script	N		field size in Position must be 15, validation: none
Agency/Subelement Code (map to Value Set GHR_US_POSITION_KFF_SEGMENT)	sql script	X	X	DINs JRB and JRC, field size must be 4
NFC Installed	YES_NO	X
NFC Personnel Office ID	GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID	X
NFC Valid Code		X
NFC Agency Code	GHR_US_NFC_AGENCY_CODE	X

The following is additional information about GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION:

• Occupational Series Value Set and Lookup Type: GHR_US_OCC_SERIES and its values are predefined (table "occcode").

• Position Title Value Set: GHR_US_POSITION_TITLE is predefined but not its values.

• Position Descrip Num Value Set: GHR_US_POS_DESC_NUM is predefined but not its values.

• Sequence Number Value Set: GHR_US_SEQUENCE_NUM is predefined but not its values.

• Agency/Subelement Code Value Set and Lookup Type: GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE and its values are predefined (table "255").

Organization Information Type: US Federal Org Reporting Info (at HR Organization level) GHR_US_ORG_REPORTING_INFO

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Agency / Subelement Code	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	X
Organization Structure ID	GHR_US_ORG_STRUCTURE_ID	X		validation: none
Org Info Line 1		X		validation: none
Org Info Line 2		X		validation: none
Org Info Line 3		X		validation: none
Org Info Line 4		X		validation: none
Org Info Line 5		X		validation: none
Org Info Line 6		X		validation: none
OCT Organizational Title		X		validation: none

Person Extra Information Types

The Person Information Types for US Federal are available as part of:

Application: Human Resources

Title: Extra Person Information

In the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window, Context Field Values region, search for the appropriate person information types for US Federal.

Key for the Type column in the extra information tables

D: Date

N: Number

X: Varchar or variable character field

Person Information Type: US Federal Person RPA (GHR_US_PER_SF52)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Citizenship	GHR_US_CITIZENSHIP	N	Yes
Veterans Preference	GHR_US_VETERANS_PREF	N	Yes
Veterans Preference for RIF	GHR_US_VETERANS_PREF_FOR_RIF	X	Yes
Veterans Status	GHR_US_VET_STATUS	X	Yes

Person Information Type Name: US Federal Person Group 1 (GHR_US_PER_GROUP1)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Appointment Type	GHR_US_APPOINTMENT_TYPE	X
Type of Employment	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	X
Race or National Origin	GHR_US_RACE_NATIONAL_ORIGIN	X
Date Last Promotion		D
Promotion Eligibility Date		D
Agency Code Transfer From	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	X		LOV same as Agency Code
Current Appointment Auth (1)	GHR_US_LEGAL_AUTHORITY	X
Current Appointment Auth (2)	GHR_US_LEGAL_AUTHORITY	X
Country World Citizenship	GHR_US_CNTRY_WRLD_CTZN	X
Handicap Code	GHR_US_HANDICAP_CODE	X		Handicap Reportable
Consent ID	GHR_US_CONSENT_ID	X		validation: none
Family Member Employment Pref	GHR_US_FAM_MBR_EMPLMNT_PREF	X
Family Member Status	GHR_US_FAMILY_MEMBER_STATUS	X
EHRI Employee ID	GHR_US_EHRI_EMPLOYEE_ID	N
Career Tenure Authority Code	GHR_US_LEGAL_AUTHORITY	X

Person Information Type: US Federal Person Group 2 (GHR_US_PER_GROUP2)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Obligated Position Number	GHR_US_OBLIG_POSN_NUM	X		display length on screen must not change, validation: none
Obligated Position Type	GHR_US_OBLIG_POSN_TYPE	X		validation: none
Date Overseas Tour Expires		D
Date Return Rights Expire		D
Date Statutory Ret Rights Exp		D
Civilian Duty Stat Contingency	GHR_US_CIV_DTY_STATUS_CONT	X
Date Travel Agmt PCS Expires		D		Permanent Change in Station
Drawdown Action ID	GHR_US_DRAWDOWN_ID	X
Pathways Program End Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D
Phased Retirement Start Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D
Phased Retirement NTE Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D

Person Information Type: US Federal SCD Information (GHR_US_PER_SCD_INFORMATION)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
SCD Leave		D	Yes
SCD Civilian		D
SCD RIF		D
SCD TSP		D
SCD Retirement		D
SCD SES		D
SCD Special Retirement		D
Creditable Service for Annual Leave	GHR_US_CREDIT_SVC_ANNUAL_LEAVE_4	X
SCD Length of Service		D

Person Information Type: US Federal Probations (GHR_US_PER_PROBATIONS)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Date Prob/Trial Period Begins		D
Date Prob/Trial Period Ends		D
Date Spvr/Mgr Prob Ends		D
Spvr/Mgr Prob Completion	GHR_US_SUPV_MGR_PROB_COMP	X
Date SES Prob Expires		D
Date Spvr/Mgr Prob Begins		D

Person Information Type: US Federal Retained Grade (GHR_US_RETAINED_GRADE)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Date From		X
Date To		X
Retained Grade	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X
Retained Step or Rate	GHR_US_STEP	X
Retained Pay Plan	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X
Retained Pay Table ID	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID	X		seed partial list of pay tables
Retained Pay Basis	GHR_US_PAY_BASIS	X
Temporary Promotion Step	GHR_US_STEP	X

Person Information Type: US Federal Separation and Retirement (GHR_US_PER_SEPARATE_RETIRE)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
FERS Coverage	GHR_US_FERS_COVERAGE	X
Previous Retirement Coverage	GHR_US_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	X
Frozen Service	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	N		validation: none
NAF Retirement Indicator	GHR_US_NAF_RETIRE_INDIC	X
Reason for Separation	GHR_US_SEPARATION_REASON	X
Agency Code Transfer To	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	X		LOV same as Agency Code
Date Projected Retirement		D
Mandatory Retirement Date		D
Separate Pkg Status Indicator	GHR_US_SEP_PKG_STAT_INDCTR	X
Separate Pkg Register Number	GHR_US_SEP_PKG_REG_NUM	X		no LOV, free form number, validation: none
Separate Payroll Office Number	GHR_US_SEP_PAYROLL_OFFICE_NO	X		validation: none
Date Ret Application Received		D
Date Ret Pkg Sent to Payroll		D
Date Ret Pkg Received Payroll		D
Date Ret Pkg to OPM		D
Disability Retirement Notification Date		D
Retirement Date		D
Manual Submission Reason Code	GHR_US_GRDR_MANUAL_SUB_RSN_CD	N
Early Retirement Authority Cd		N
Statutory Provision for Ret	GHR_US_STAT_PROV_RETIREMENT	X
Retirement Claim Number		N

Person Information Type: US Federal Security (GHR_US_PER_SECURITY)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Sec Investigation Basis	GHR_US_SEC_INVEST_BASIS	X		validation: none
Type of Sec Investigation	GHR_US_TYPE_SEC_INVESTIGATN	X		validation: none
Date Sec Invest Required		D
Date Sec Invest Completed		D
Personnel Sec Clearance	GHR_US_PERS_SEC_CLEAR	X		validation: none
Sec Clearance Eligibility Date		D
PRP/SCI Status Employment	GHR_US_PRP/SCI_STATUS	X

Person Information Type Name: US Federal Conversions (GHR_US_PER_CONVERSIONS)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Date Conversion Career Begins		D
Date Conversion Career Due		D
Date Recmd Conversion Begins		D
Date VRA Conversion Due		D
Date Recmd Conversion Due		D		display as segment 4, before Date VRA Conversion Due

Person Information Type Name: US Federal Uniformed Services (GHR_US_PER_UNIFORMED_SERVICES)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Reserve Category	GHR_US_RESERVE_CATEGORY	X
Military Recall Status	GHR_US_MILITARY_RECALL	X
Creditable Military Service	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVC	N		validation: none
Date Retired Uniform Service		D
Uniform Service Component	GHR_US_UNIFRM_SRVC_COMPONT	X
Uniform Service Designation	GHR_US_UNIFRM_SRVC_DESGNATN	X
Retirement Grade	GHR_US_RETIREMENT_GRADE	X
Military Retirement Waiver Ind	GHR_US_MIL_RETIREMNT_WAIVER	X
Exception Retirement Pay Ind	GHR_US_EXCEPTION_RETIREMENT	X
Selective Service Registration Indicator	YES_NO	X
Active Uniformed Service Indicator	YES_NO	X
Military Character of Service Code	GHR_US_MIL_CHAR_SVC_CODE	X
Military Service Serial Number	GHR_US_MIL_SVC_SNO	X
Military Service Start Date		D
Military Branch Type Code	GHR_US_MIL_BRANCH_CODE	X
Military Discharge Type Code	GHR_US_MIL_DISCHARGE_CODE	X
Current Uniform Status	GHR_US_MIL_STATUS	X
Mil Service Deposit Elect Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	X
Mil Service Deposit Surv Ind	GHR_US_MIL_SVC_DEP_SUR_PAY_CD	X
National Guard Mil Ser Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	X
National Guard Mil Ser Prov Cd	GHR_US_NAT_GUARD_SVC_PROV_CD	X
Res Mil Ser Act Duty Start Yr	GHR_US_NUM_4	N
Res Mil Ser Act Duty End Yr	GHR_US_NUM_4	N
Res Mil Ser Act Duty End Yr	GHR_US_NUM_4	N
Cum Res Mil Ser Act Duty Years	GHR_US_NUM_4	N
Cum Res Mil Ser Act Duty Mos	GHR_US_NUM_4	N
Cum Res Mil Ser Act Duty Days	GHR_US_NUM_4	N

Person Information Type: US Federal User Information (GHR_US_PER_USER_INFO)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Restricted Form	GHR_US_RESTRICTED_FORM	X

Person Information Type: US Federal Workflow Routing Groups (GHR_US_PER_WF_ROUTING_GROUPS)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Routing Group Name	GHR_US_ROUTING_GROUP	N	Yes	not seeded, but validated
Initiator	YES_NO	X	Yes
Requiredester	YES_NO	X	Yes
Authorizer	YES_NO	X	Yes
Personnelist	YES_NO	X	Yes
Approver	YES_NO	X	Yes
Reviewer	YES_NO	X	Yes
Default Routing Group	YES_NO	X	Yes

Person Information Type Name: US Federal Mass Action (GHR_US_PER_MASS_ACTION)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Mass Salary Selection Flag	YES_NO
Mass Salary Comments
Mass Salary Name	GHR_US_MASS_SALARY_NAME
Mass Transfer In Flag	YES_NO
Mass Transfer In Comments
Mass Transfer In Name	GHR_US_MASS_TRANSFERS_IN_NAME
Agency Code Transfer To	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE			display size of four

Person Information Type Name: US Fed IPA Benefits Continuation (GHR_US_PER_BENEFITS_CONT)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
FEGLI Indicator		X
FEGLI Election Date		D
FEGLI Election Notification Date		D
FEHB Indicator	x	X
FEHB Election Date		D
FEHB Election Notification Date		D
Retirement Indicator	YES_NO	X
Retirement Election Date		D
Retirement Election Notification Date		D
Continuation Election Date		D
Continuation Election Notification Date		D
Continuation Termination Insufficient Pay Election Date		D
Continuation Termination Insufficient Pay Notification Date		D
Continuation Termination Insufficient Pay Payment Type Code	GHR_US_BEN_CONT_PAY_TYP_CODE	X

Person Information Type Name: US Federal Service Obligation (GHR_US_PER_SERVICE_OBLIGATION)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Service Obligation Type Code	GHR_US_SERVICE_OBLIG_CODE	D
Service Obligation Start Date		D
Service Obligation End Date		D

Person Information Type Name: US Federal Person Benefit Information (GHR_US_PER_BENEFIT_INFO)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
FEGLI Date Eligibility Expires		D
FEHB Date Eligibility Expires		D
FEHB Date Temp Eligibility		D
FEHB Date Dependnet Cert Expir		D
FEHB LWOP Contingency Start Date		D
FEHB LWOP Contingency End Date		D
FEHB Child Equity Court Order Date		D
FERS Date Eligibility Expires		D
FERS Election Date		D
FERS Election Indicator	YES_NO	X
TSP Agncy Contrib Elig Date		D
TSP Emp Contrib Elig Date		D
FEGLI Court Order Receipt Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D
FERCCA Code	GHR_US_FERCCA_CODE	X
Retire Designation of Beneficiary Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	X
FEGLI Event Code	GHR_FEGLI_EVENT_CODES	X

Person Information Name: US Federal Person Leave Information (GHR_US_PER_LEAVE_INFO)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Annual Leave Category		D
Annual Leave 45 Day Code	YES_NO	X
Date Sick Leave Expired Retired		D
Leave Earning Status Pay Period	Yes_NO	X

Person Information Name: US Fed NFC Separation Information (GHR_US_PER_NFC_SEPARATION_INFO)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Retirement Deductions Refund	GHR_US_YES_NO_UNKNOWN	X
Military Retirement Pay	GHR_US_YES_NO_UNKNOWN	X
Military Waiver Received	GHR_US_YES_NO_UNKNOWN	X
Survivor Election	HR_YES_NO	X
Military Deposit	HR_YES_NO	X
Part Time Service	HR_YES_NO	X
Administrative Fee	HR_YES_NO	X
Life Insurance Reduction	GHR_US_LIFE_INSURE_REDUC	X
Disability Retirement Application	HR_YES_NO	X

Person Information Name: US Federal Ethnicity and Race Category (GHR_US_PER_ETHNICITY_RACE)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Required	Remarks
Hispanic	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	X
American Indian or Alaskan Native	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	X
Asian	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	X
Black or African American	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	X
Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	X
White	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	X

US Federal Retirement Data Reporting Info (GHR_US_PER_RETIRE_DATA_RPT)

Name	Lookup Type Name	Displayed	Enabled	Required
GRDR Record Type Code	GHR_US_GRDR_RECORD_TYPE_CD	Y	Y	N
GRDR Record Identifier (ID)		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Name	GHR_US_ACTIVE_EMPLOYEE	Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Work Number		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Fax Number		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Email Address		Y	Y	N
GRDR Gaining Organization Name		Y	Y	N
Indian Tribal Org Assign Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
Disability Retire App Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	Y	Y	N
Special Tech Disability Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
Term or Life Threat Prior Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N

US Federal Retirement Data Report Bank Details (GHR_US_PER_RETIRE_BANK_DETAILS)

Name	Lookup Type Name	Displayed	Enabled	Required
GRDR Direct Deposit Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	Y
GRDR Financial Institution Name	HR_US_FREE_TEXT_60	Y	Y	N
GRDR Routing Number	HR_US_NACHA_ROUTING_NUMBER	Y	Y	N
GRDR Account Number	HR_US_FREE_TEXT_35	Y	Y	N
GRDR Account Type Code	HR_US_ACCOUNT_TYPE	Y	Y	N

US Federal Retirement Benefits (GHR_US_PER_RETIREMENT_BENEFITS)

Name	Lookup Type Name	Displayed	Enabled	Required
FEGLI Basic Coverage Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Option A Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Option B Number of Mult	GHR_US_11P4_NUMBER	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Option C Number of Mul	GHR_US_11P4_NUMBER	Y	Y	N
Date SF-2819 Issued	FND_STANDARD_DATE	Y	Y	N
Conv FEGLI to Priv Policy Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N

US Federal Retirement Data OWCP (GHR_US_PER_RETIREMENT_OWCP)

Name	Lookup Type Name	Displayed	Enabled	Required
OWCP Claim Number		Y	Y	N

Position Extra Information Types

The Position Information Types for US Federal are available as part of:

Application: Human Resources

Title: Extra Position Information

In the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window, Context Field Values region, search for the appropriate position information types for US Federal.

Key for the Type column in the extra information tables

D: Date

N: Number

X: Varchar or variable character field

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL MASS ACTIONS (GHR_US_POS_MASS_ACTIONS)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Mass Realignment Flag	YES_NO
Mass Realignment Comments
Personnel Office ID	GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID
Agency Code / Subelem	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE
Duty Station Code	GHR_US_DUTY_STATION_ID
Office Symbol	GHR_US_OFFICE_SYMBOL
Payroll Office ID	GHR_US_PAYROLL_OFFICE
Organization Function Code	GHR_US_ORG_FUNC_CODE
Appropriation Code 1	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE1
Appropriation Code 2	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE2
Position's Organization	GHR_US_ORGANIZATION_ID
Mass Realignment Name	GHR_US_MASS_REALIGNMENT_NAME
Mass Transfer Out Flag	YES_NO
Mass Transfer Out Comments
Mass Transfer Out Name	GHR_US_MASS_TRANFERS_OUT_NAME

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION DESCRIPTION (GHR_US_POSITION_DESCRIPTION)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Date From		D
Date To		D
Position Description ID	GHR_US_POSITION_DESCRIPTION	N		SQL validated from GHR_POSITION_DESCRIPTION

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION GROUP 1 (GHR_US_POS_GRP1)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Personnel Office ID	GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID	X	*	OPM supported codes
Office Symbol	GHR_US_OFFICE_SYMBOL	X		validation: none
OPM Organizational Component	GHR_US_ORG_STRUCTURE_ID	X	*	required input, validation: none
Occupation Category Code	GHR_US_OCC_CATEGORY_CODE	X		Formerly titled PATCOB
FLSA Category	GHR_US_FLSA_CATEGORY	X	*
Bargaining Unit Status	GHR_US_BARG_UNIT_STATUS	X	*
Competitive Level	GHR_US_COMP_LEVEL	X		validation: none
Work Schedule	GHR_US_WORK_SCHEDULE	X	*	duplicate of Work Schedule in Assignment SF52
Functional Class	GHR_US_FUNCTIONAL_CLASS	X
Position Working Title	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE	X		Duty Title LN Psn Title, validation: none
Position Sensitivity	GHR_US_POSN_SENSITIVITY	X
Security Access	GHR_US_SECURITY_ACCESS	X
PRP/SCI	GHR_US_SECURITY_PRP/SCI	X		PrsnlReliabilityPrgm/SnstvComprtmntdInfo
Supervisory Status	GHR_US_SUPERVISORY_STATUS	X	*
Type Employee Supervised	GHR_US_TYPE_EMP_SUPERVISED	X
Payroll Office ID	GHR_US_PAYROLL_OFFICE	X		Agency designated codes, validate with GHR Look-up type
Timekeeper	GHR_US_TIMEKEEPER	X		DINs X5H, XHB, XJE, validation: none
Competitive Area	GHR_US_COMP_AREA	X		display after Competitive Level above, validation: none
Position's Organization *	GHR_US_ORGANIZATION_ID	N		HR_ORGANIZATION_UNITS.ORGANIZATION_ID
Part-Time Hours Bi-weekly		N		min 0, max 199.99
Supervisory Diff Eligibility	GHR_US_SUPV_DIFF_ELIG	X		display before segment titled Payroll Office ID
Cybersecurity Code	GHR_US_CYBERSECURITY_CODE
* The user should be presented with the HR Organization Name associated with this Org ID (HR_ORGANIZATION_UNITS.NAME) when entering or querying.

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION GROUP 2 (GHR_US_POS_GRP2)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Position Occupied	GHR_US_POSITION_OCCUPIED	N	R	Service Type
Organization Function Code	GHR_US_ORG_FUNC_CODE	X		validated but no values are seeded
Date Position Classified		D
Date Last Position Audit		D
Classification Official	GHR_US_CLASSFCTN_OFFICIAL	X
Language Required	GHR_US_LANGUAGE_REQUIRED	X
Drug Test	GHR_US_DRUG_TEST	X
Financial Statement	GHR_US_FINANCIAL_STATEMENT	X
Training Program ID	GHR_US_TRAINING_PROGRAM_ID	X
Key Emergency Essential	GHR_US_KEY_EMERG_ESSENTIAL	X
Appropriation Code 1	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE1	X
Appropriation Code 2	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE2	X
Intelligence Position Ind	GHR_US_INTEL_POSN_INDICATOR	X
LEO Position Indicator	GHR_US_LEO_POSN_INDICATOR	X
Position Type	GHR_US_POSITION_TYPE	X		display as first segment, default value as Appr
Computer Position Indicator	YES_NO	X
EDP/HDP Last Review Date		D
Special Population Code	GHR_SPCL_POPULATION	X

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION GROUP 3 (GHR_US_POS_GRP3)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Working Title Code	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE_CODE	X
Official Title Prefix	GHR_US_OFFICIAL_TITLE_PREFIX	X
Official Title Suffix	GHR_US_OFFICIAL_TITLE_SUFFIX	X
Official Title Code	GHR_US_OFFICIAL_TITLE_CODE	X
Headquarters Field Code	GHR_US_HEADQUARTERS_FIELD	X
Classification Standard Code	GHR_US_CLASSIFIED_STD_CODE	X
Projected Duties Indicator	YES_NO	X
Vacancy Review Code	GHR_US_VACANCY_REVIEW	X
Position Schedule	GHR_US_POSN_SCHEDULE	X
Grade Basis Indicator	GHR_US_GRADE_BASIS_INDIC	X
Procurement Integrity Act	YES_NO	X
Presidential Appointment Indicator	GHR_US_PRES_APPT_INDIC	X
Accounting Station	GHR_US_ACCT_STATION	X
Custom Officer Pay Reform	YES_NO	X
Early Retirement Indicator	GHR_EARLY_RETIRE_CODE	X
Date Classification Request Received		D
Maintenance Review Code	GHR_US_POSN_MAIN_REVIEW_CODE	X
Classification Action Code	GHR_US_POSN_CLASS_ACTION	X
NFC Agency Code	GHR_US_NFC_AGENCY_CODE	X

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL INTERDISCIPLINARY (GHR_US_POSITION_INTERDISC)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Interdisciplinary Series Code	GHR_US_OCC_SERIES	X
Interdisciplinary Title Code	GHR_OFFICIAL_TITLE_CODE	X
Interdisciplinary Title Prefix	GHR_OFFICIAL_TITLE_PREFIX	X
Interdisciplinary Title Suffix	GHR_OFFICIAL_TITLE_SUFFIX	X

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION LANGUAGE REQUIREMENTS (GHR_US_POSITION_LANGUAGE)_

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Language Identifier	GHR_US_LANG_IDENTIFIER	X
Language Proficiency Level	GHR_US_LANG_PROF_LEVEL	X
Language Reading Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X
Language Speaking Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X
Language Listening Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X
Language Writing Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X
Language Proficiency Test Date		D		Delivered as hidden (date maintained in Person SIT)

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION OBLIGATED (GHR_US_POS_OBLIG)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Expiration Date		D
Obligated Type	GHR_US_OBLIGATED_POSN_TYPE	X
Obligated Employee SSN	GHR_US_OBLIGATED_EMPL_SSN	X		validation: none

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL VALID GRADE INFO (GHR_US_POS_VALID_GRADE)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Valid Grade		X	*	value from Grade Key Flexfield
Target Grade		X		value from Grade Key Flexfield
Pay Table ID	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID	X	*
Pay Basis	GHR_US_PAY_BASIS	X	*
Employment Category Group	GHR_US_EMP_CAT_GRP	X
Professional Category	GHR_US_PROF_CATEGORY	X
Clinical Specialty	GHR_US_CLN_SPEC	X
Phys and Dent Pay Range Table	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID	X
Physician and Dentist Tier	GHR_PHY_DENT_TIER	X

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL POSITION EDP/HDP TYPE

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
EDP/HDP Type	GHR_US_HAZARD_TYPE	X	R
Begin Date		D	R
End Date		D

Position Information Type: US FEDERAL Alternate Federal (GHR_US_PERSONNEL_SYSTEM_ID)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Personnel System Indicator	GHR_US_PERS_SYS_IND	X	*

Position Information Type: US Fed Position Telework Information (GHR_US_FED_POSN_TELEWORK_INFO)

Description	Look-up Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Telework Indicator	GHR_US_TELEWORK_POSN_IND	X	R	If Pay Plan is FWS and Equiv then 0 is defaulted else 1 will be defaulted.
Telework Position Ineligibility Reason	GHR_US_TELEWORK_POSN_INELIG_RSN	X		If Pay Plan is FWS and Equiv then 0 is defaulted else 1 will be defaulted.

US Federal Elements

Reporting Name: Accruals

The following tables list accrual elements.

Element Name: Home Leave

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Home Leave
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Eligibility Date	Eligibility Date	Date
Accrual Days Per Year	Accrual Days Per Year	Int
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Number Days Home Leave Auth	Days Authorized	Num

Element Name: Hours Left to Work

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Balances
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Hours Left to Work	Hours Left to Work	Num

Element Name: Intermittent Accrual

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Balances
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Days Intermittent Worked	Days Worked	Num
Days Intermittent Worked SCD	Days Worked SCD	Num
Hours Intermittent Worked SCD	Hours SCD	Num
Intermittent Work Days Appraisal	Appraisal Days	Num
Intermittent Days Worked Career	Days Worked Career	Num
Intermittent Days Worked Probation	Days Worked Probation	Num
Intermittent Days Worked WGI	Days Worked WGI	Num
Intermittent Days Worked VRA	Days Worked VRA	Num

Element Name: Non Pay Hours

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Balances
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Non Pay Hours	Non Pay Hours	Num

Element Name: Non Pay Days

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Balances
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Non Pay Days Probation	Probation Days	Int
Non Pay Days SCD	Non Pay Days for SCD	Int
Non Pay Week Days VRA	Non Pay Days for VRA	Int

Element Name: Salary Left to Earn

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Balances
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Salary Left to Earn	Salary Left to Earn	Num

Reporting Name: Awards

Element Name: Federal Awards

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Awards & Prizes
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Award Agency Code	Award Agency	Char	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE_2
Award Type	Award Type	Char	GHR_US_AWARD_TYPE
Amount of Incentive Award	Amount or Hours	Int
Performance Award Percentage	Percentage	Num
Date Award Earned	Date Award Earned	Date
Award Appropriation Code	Appropriation Code	Char	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE1
Date Ex Emp Award Paid	Date Ex Emp Award Paid	Date

Reporting Name: Adjusted Basic Pay

Element Name: Adjusted Basic Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Earnings
Category: Regular
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Adjusted Basic Pay	Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Basic Salary Rate

Element Name: Basic Salary Rate

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Earnings
Category: Regular
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Basic Salary Rate	Rate	Num

Reporting Name: Entitlement

Element Name: Entitlement

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Employee Entitlement Code	Code	Char	GHR_US_ENTITLEMENT_CODE
Employee Entitlement Amount or Percent	Amount or Percent	Num

Reporting Name: FEGLI

Element Name: FEGLI

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Voluntary Deduction
Category: N/A
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
FEGLI	FEGLI	Char	GHR_US_FEGLI

Reporting Name: Environmental Differential Pay

Element Name: EDP Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Premium Pay Indicator	Premium Pay Ind	Char	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND
EDP Type	EDP Type	Char	GHR_US_HAZZARD_TYPE

Reporting Name: Foreign Language Proficiency Pay

Element Name: Foreign Language Proficiency Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Certification Date	Certification Date	Date
Pay Level or Rate	Pay Level or Rate	Char	GHR_US_PAY_LEVEL_RATE

Reporting Name: Foreign Transfer Allowance

Element Name: Foreign Transfer Allowance

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Non Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Num Family Members	Number Family Members	Int
Miscellaneous Expense	Miscellaneous Expense	Num
Wardrobe Expense	Wardrobe Expense	Num
Pre-departure Subsistence Expense	Pre-departure Subsistence Expense	Num
Lease Penalty Expense	Lease Penalty Expense	Num
Total Authorized Amount	Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Hazard Pay

Element Name: Hazard Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Premium Pay Indicator	Premium Pay Ind	Char	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND
Hazard Type	Hazard Type	Char	GHR_US_HAZARD_TYPE

Reporting Name: Health Benefits

Element Name: Health Benefits

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Voluntary Deduction
Category: N/A
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Health Enrollment	Enrollment	Char
Health Plans	Health Plan	Char
Total Cost Temp Indicator	Temps Total Cost	Int
Premium Rate	Premium Rate	Num

Reporting Name: Health Benefits Pre-Tax

Element Name: Health Benefits Pre-Tax

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Pre-Tax Deduction
Category: N/A
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Health Enrollment	Enrollment	Char	GHR_US_ENROLLMENT
Health Plans	Health Plan	Char	GHR_US_HEALTH_PLAN
Total Cost Temp Indicator	Temps Total Cost	Int	GHR_US_TEMPS_TOTAL_COST
Premium Rate	Premium Rate	Num

Reporting Name: Intergovt Personnel Act IPA

Element Name: Intergovt Personnel Act IPA

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
IPA Local Salary Amount	Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Locality Pay or SR Supplement

Element Name: Locality Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Locality Pay or SR Supplement	Rate	Int

Reporting Name: MD/DDS Special Pay

Element Name: MD/DDS Special Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Earnings
Category: Regular
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Full Time Status Amount	Full Time Status	Num
Length of Service Amount	Length of Service	Num
Scarce Speciality Amount	Scarce Speciality	Num
Speciality or Board Certification Amount	Speciality or Board Certification	Num
Geographic Location Amount	Geographic Location	Num
Exceptional Qualifications Amount	Exceptional Qualifications	Num
Executive Position Amount	Executive Position	Num
Dentist Post Graduate Training	Amount	Num
MD/DDS Total Special Pay Amount	Amount	Num
MD/DDS Special Pay NTE Date	MD/DDS Special Pay NTE Date	Date

Reporting Name: Non Pay Hours WGI

Element Name: Non Pay Hours WGI

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: PTO Accrual
Category: Balances
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Non Pay Hours WGI	Non Pay Hours WGI	Num

Reporting Name: Other Pay

Element Name: AUO

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Premium Pay Indicator	Premium Pay Ind	Char	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND
AUO Pay	Amount	Int

Element Name: Availability Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Premium Pay Indicator	Premium Pay Ind	Char	*
Availability Pay	Amount	Int

Element Name: Supervisory Differential

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Supervisory Differential	Amount	Int
Supervisory Differential Percent	Percentage	Num

Element Name: Staffing Differential

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Staffing Differential	Amount	Int
Staffing Differential Percent	Percent	Num

Element Name: Other Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Other Pay Amount	Capped Amount	Amt
Capped Other Pay	Amount	Amt
Capped Amount	Yes/No	Char

Reporting Name: Overseas

Element Name: Danger Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Location	Location	Char	GHR_US_FOR_ALL_LOC

Element Name: Imminent Danger Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Non recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Amount	Amount	Int
Location	Location	Char	GHR_US_FOR_ALL_LOC
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE

Element Name: Living Quarters Allowance

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Amount Purchased	Purchase Amount	Int
Date Purchased	Purchase Date	Date
Amount Rent	Rent Amount	Int
Amount Utility	Utility Amount	Int
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Location	Location	Char	GHR_US_FOR_ALL_LOC
Quarters Type	Quarters Type	Char	GHR_US_QUARTERS_TYPE
Shared Percent	Shared Percent	Char
Number of Family Members	Num Family Members	Int
Summer Record Indicator	Summer Record Ind	Char
Quarters Group	Quarters Group	Char	GHR_US_QUARTERS_GROUP
Currency	Currency	Char	GHR_US_CURRENCY
Utility Currency	Currency	Char	GHR_US_CURRENCY
Purchase Currency	Currency	Char	GHR_US_CURRENCY

Element Name: Living Quarters Allowance Paid

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Information
Category: Reconciliation
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Amount Purchase Paid	Purchase Amount	Int
Amount Rent Paid	Rent Amount	Int
Amount Utilities Paid	Utility Amount	Int
Pay Period Number	Pay Period Number	Char
Date Last Reconciliation	Date Last Recon	Date

Element Name: Post Differential

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Post Differential Percent	Percentage	Num
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Location	Location	Char	GHR_US_FOR_ALL_LOC
Entitlement Code	Code	Char	GHR_US_POST_DIFF_CODE

Element Name: Post Allowance

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Allowance Amount	Amount	Int
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Location	Location	Char	GHR_US_FOR_ALL_LOC
Number of Family Members	Num Family Members	Char

Reporting Name: Premium Pay

Element Name: Premium Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Premium Pay Indicator	Premium Pay Ind	Char	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND
Premium Pay Salary Flag	Amount	Int

Element Name: Separate Maintenance Allowance

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Allowance Amount	Amount	Int
Last Action Code	Last Action Code	Char	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Category	Category	Char	GHR_US_CATEGORY

Element Name: Temporary Lodging Allowance

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Allowance Type	Allowance Type	Char
Allowance Daily Rate	Daily Rate	Int

Reporting Name: Panama

Element Name: Tropical Differential

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Tropical Differential Indicator	Indicator	Char
Tropical Differential Percent	Percent	Num

Reporting Name: Part Time Hours

Element Name: Part Time Hours Worked

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Information
Category: Regular Hours
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Part Time Hours Worked Pay Period	Hours	Num

Reporting Name: Premium Pay

Element Name: Premium Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Allowance
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Premium Pay Indicator	Premium Pay Ind	Char	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND
Premium Pay Salary Flag	Amount	Int

Reporting Name: Recruitment Incentive Lump Sum

Element Name: Recruitment Incentive Lump Sum

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Percent	Percent	Num
Amount	Amount	Num
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Recruitment Incentive Bi-Weekly

Element Name: Recruitment Incentive Bi-Weekly

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type:Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Biweekly Amount	Amount	Num
Total Amount Biweekly Payments	Amount	Num
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Relocation Incentive Lump Sum

Element Name: Relocation Incentive Lump Sum

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Percent	Percent	Num
Amount	Amount	Num
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Relocation Incentive Bi-Weekly

Element Name: Relocation Incentive Bi-Weekly

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type:Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Biweekly Amount	Amount	Num
Total Amount Biweekly Payments	Amount	Num
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Retention Incentive Lump Sum

Element Name: Retention Incentive Lump Sum

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Percent	Percent	Num
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Retention Incentive Bi-Weekly

Element Name: Retention Incentive Bi-Weekly

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Percent	Percent	Num
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Retirement Annuity

Element Name: Retirement Annuity

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Information
Category: Retirement
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Retirement Annuity Sum	Sum	Num
Eligibility Expires	Eligibility Expires	Date

Reporting Name: Retirement Plan

Element Name: Retirement Plan

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Voluntary Deduction
Category: Retirement
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Retirement Plan	Plan	Char	GHR_US_RETIREMENT_PLAN

Reporting Name: Separation Incentive Bi-Weekly

Element Name: Separation Incentive Bi-Weekly

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Biweekly Amount	Amount	Num
Total Amount	Amount	Num
Payment Start Date	Date
Payment End Date	Date

Reporting Name: Separation Incentive Lump Sum

Element Name: Separation Incentive Lump Sum

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Incentives
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Amount	Amount	Num
Payment Start Date	Date
Payment Option	Option	Char	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION

Reporting Name: Severance Pay

Element Name: Severance Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category: Dismissal Payments
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Severance Pay	Amount	Num
Severance Pay Number Weeks	Total Entitlement Weeks	Int
Severance Pay Weeks Paid	Number Weeks Paid	Int
Severance Pay Weekly Amount	Weekly Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Student Loan Repayment Lump Sum

Element Name: Student Loan Repayment Lump Sum

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category:
Type: Non-recurring
Multiple Occurrences: Yes
Lump Sum Amount	Amount	Int
Review Date	Date	Date

Reporting Name: Student Loan Repayment

Element Name: Student Loan Repayment

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Supplemental Earnings
Category:
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Biweekly Amount	Amount	Int
Review Date	Date	Date

Reporting Name: Thrift Saving Plan

Element Name: TSP

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Pre-Tax Deductions
Category: Deferred Comp 401K
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
TSP Employee Amount	Amount	Money
TSP Rate	Rate	Num
TSP Status	Status	Char	GHR_US_TSP_STATUS
TSP Status Date	Status Date	Date

Reporting Name: Thrift Saving Plan Catch Up

Element Name: TSP Catch Up Contributions

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Pre-Tax Deductions
Category: Deferred Comp 401K
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
TSP Catch Up Amount	Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Total Pay

Element Name: Total Pay

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Earnings
Category: Regular
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
Total Salary	Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Unadjusted Basic Pay

Element Name: Unadjusted Basic Pay

Description	Input Values	Units	Lookup Types
Classification: Information
Category: Regular
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
GM Unadjusted Basic Pay	Amount	Num

Reporting Name: Within Grade Increase

Element Name: Within Grade Increase

Description	Input Value	Units	Look-up Type
Classification: Information
Category: WGI
Type: Recurring
Multiple Occurrences: No
WGI Status	Status	Int	GHR_US_WGI_STATUS
Date WGI Due	Date Due	Date
WGI Pay Date	Pay Date	Date
Date Last Equivalent Increase	Last Increase Date	Date
Date WGI Postpone Effective	Postponement Effective	Date
Date WGI Postpone Detail Due	Postponement Determ Due	Date

US Federal Key Flexfields

Refer to the tables in this topic for detailed information on key flexfield descriptions and lookups.

Position Key Flexfield

When you define the position key flexfield, you must define the following segments and then map these segments to the Organization Extra Information Type: US FEDERAL ORGANIZATION INFORMATION.

Value sets and Lookup Types must be used in the Position Key Flexfield segments as indicated in the following table.

See: Setting up the Position Flexfield

Position Key Flexfield

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.
Position Title (map to GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION)	GHR_US_POSITION_TITLE	X	*
Position Descrip Num (map to GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION)	GHR_US_POS_DESC_NUM	X	*
Sequence Number (map to GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION)	GHR_US_SEQUENCE_NUM	N	Not required for NFC implementations
Agency/Subelement Code (map to GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION)	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	X	*
NFC Personnel Office ID	GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID	X	Required only for NFC implementations
NFC Valid Grade	GHR_GRADES	X	Required only for NFC implementations
NFC Agency Code	GHR_US_NFC_AGENCY_CODE	X	Required only for NFC implementations

Job Key Flexfield

The Oracle Federal Human Resource product requires the following segment be contained in the client's Job Key Flexfield. After defining the Job Key Flexfield, you map this segment to the Organization Extra Information Type: US FEDERAL ORGANIZATION INFORMATION.

See the Organization Extra Information Type: US FEDERAL ORGANIZATION INFORMATION for additional details about the Job Key Flexfield.

Value sets and Lookup Types must be used in the Job Key Flexfield segment as indicated in the following table. Value Sets and Lookup Types must contain the same name as indicated in the Lookup Type column.

See: Setting up the Job Flexfield

Job Key Flexfield

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Structure Name: (determined by client)
Occupational Series (map to GHR_US_ORG_INFORMATION)	GHR_US_OCC_SERIES	X	*

Grade Key Flexfield

Grade Key Flexfield: US FEDERAL GRADE

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Pay Plan	GHR_US_PAY_PALN	X	*
Grade or Level	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	*

People Group Key Flexfield

There are no minimum requirements for the People Group Key Flexfield.

Cost Allocation Key Flexfield

There are no minimum requirements for the Cost Allocation Key Flexfield.

Personal Analysis Key Flexfields

The Personal Analysis Key Flexfields include the Special Information Types listed below.

Personal Analysis Information Type: US FEDERAL EDUCATION (US Fed Education)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Education Level	GHR_US_EDUCATIONAL_LEVEL	X	none	none
Academic Discipline	GHR_US_ACADEMIC_DISCIPLINE	X	none	instructional program
Year Degree/Cert Attained	GHR_US_YEAR_DEGREE_ATTAINED	N	none	validation: none
Credit Hours	GHR_US_CREDIT_HOURS	N	none	validation: none
Credit Type	GHR_US_CREDIT_TYPE	X	none	none
Type of School	GHR_US_TYPE_OF_SCHOOL	X	none	none
College-Major-Minor	GHR_US_COLLEGE_MAJ_MIN	X	none	none
Academic Institution Name	GHR_US_ACADEMIC_INSTITUTION	X	none	none
Coop Graduation Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none

Personal Analysis Information Type: US FEDERAL CONDITIONS OF EMPLOYMENT (US Fed Cndtn of Emplmt)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Drug Test Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Physical Exam or Test Type	GHR_US_PHYSICAL_EXAM	X	none	none
Physical Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Type of Occupational Cert	GHR_US_TYPE_OCC_CERT	X	none	none
Date Occupational Cert Issued	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Drug Test Notification Issued		D	none	none

Personal Analysis Information Type: US FEDERAL CONDUCT PERFORMANCE (US Fed Conduct Perf)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Cause of Disciplinary Action	GHR_US_CAUSE_DISP_ACTION	X	none	none
Date of Adverse Action	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Days Suspended	GHR_US_DAYS_SUSPENDED	N	none	validation: none
Date Suspension Over 30 Days	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Date Suspension Under 30 Days	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
PIP Action Taken	GHR_US_PIP_ACTION_TAKEN	X	none	none
PIP Beginning Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
PIP Ending Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
PIP Extensions	GHR_US_PIP_EXTENSIONS	X	none	validation: none
PIP Length	GHR_US_PIP_LENGTH	X	none	validation: none
Adverse Action NOAC	GHR_US_ADVERSE_ACTION_NOAC	X	none	display as first segment

Personal Analysis Information Type: US FEDERAL LANGUAGE (US Fed Language)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Language Identifier	GHR_US_LANG_IDENTIFIER	X	none	none
Language Proficiency Source	GHR_US_LANG_PROF_SOURCE	X	none	none
Language Proficiency Level	GHR_US_LANG_PROF_LEVEL	X	none	none
Language Proficiency Test Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Language Evaluation Method	GHR_US_LANG_EVAL_METHOD	X	none	none
Language Reading Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X	none	none
Language Speaking Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X	none	none
Language Listening Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X	none	none
Language Writing Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF	X	none	none
Language Work Experience	GHR_LANG_WORK_EXP	X	none	none

Personal Analysis Information Type: US FEDERAL PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL (US Fed Perf Appraisal)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Appraisal Type	GHR_US_APPRAISAL_TYPE	X	none	QBJ and QHJ
Rating of Record	GHR_US_RATING_OF_RECORD	X	none	QBC and QHC, validation: none
Date Effective	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	QBB and QHB
Rating of Record Pattern	GHR_US_RATING_PATTERN	X	none	none
Rating of Record Level	GHR_US_RATING_LEVEL	X	none	none
Date Appraisal Period Starts	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Date Appraisal Period Ends	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Unit	GHR_US_UNIT	X	none	QBE and QHE, validation: none
Organization Structure ID	GHR_US_ORG_STRUCTURE_ID	X	none	validation: none
Office Symbol	GHR_US_OFFICE_SYMBOL	X	none	QBF and QHF, validation: none
Pay Plan	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X	none	QBH and QHH
Grade	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	none	QBG and QHG
Date Due	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Appraisal System Identifier	GHR_US_APPRAISAL_SYS_ID	X	none	validation: none
Date Initial Appraisal Due	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Optional Information	GHR_US_OPTNL_APPR_INFO	X	none	validatation: none
Performance Rating Points	GHR_US_PERF_RATING_POINTS	none	none	none

Personal Analysis Information Type: US FEDERAL SPECIAL CONSIDERATION (US Fed Spcl Consdrtn)

Description	Lookup Type Name	Type	Req.	Remarks
Spcl Plcmt Consid Reason	GHR_US_SPEC_PLCMT_CNSID_RSN	X	none	none
Date Prty Plcmt Consid Begins	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Date Prty Plcmt Consid Ends	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none
Spcl Pay Plan	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X	none	duplicate value set to Pay Plan under Grade
Spcl Grade	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	none	none
Spcl Plcmt Pay Plan - 1	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X	none	duplicate value set to Pay Plan under Grade
Acceptable Grade - 1	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	none	none
Spcl Plcmt Pay Plan - 2	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X	none	duplicate value set to Pay Plan under Grade
Acceptable Grade - 2	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	none	none
Spcl Plcmt Pay Plan - 3	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X	none	duplicate value set to Pay Plan under Grade
Acceptable Grade - 3	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	none	none
Spcl Plcmt Pay Plan - 4	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	X	none	duplicate value set to Pay Plan under Grade
Acceptable Grade - 4	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	X	none	none
Date Reemployment Rights Expire	FND_STANDARD_DATE	D	none	none

NOAC Families and Request Information Types

The following table lists the NOAC family names and the associated Nature of Action codes.

NOAC Families

NOAC Family/CODE	Nature of Action Code
Appointment APP	100, 101, 107, 108, 112, 115, 117, 120, 122, 124, 130, 132, 140, 141, 142,143, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149, 150, 151,153, 154,155, 156, 157, 170, 171, 190, 198, 199
Award AWARD	815, 816, 825, 840, 841, 842, 843, 844, 845, 846, 847, 848, 849, 872, 873, 874, 875, 876, 877, 878, 879, 885, 886, 887, 889
Benefits Info BEN_INFO	100, 101, 107, 108, 112, 115, 120, 122, 124, 140, 141, 142, 143, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 156, 170, 171, 190, 198, 199 500, 501, 507, 508, 512, 515, 520, 522, 524, 540, 541, 542, 543, 546, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553, 554, 555, 570, 571, 590 769,770,772,773,780,781,782,790,792,702,703,713,721,740,741,742,750,755,760,761,762,765
Cancellation CANCEL	001
Change in Duty Station CHG_DUTY_STATION	792
Change in FEGLI CHG_FEGLI	881
Change in Hours CHG_HOURS	782
CHG_NAME Name Change	780
Change in Retirement Plan CHG_RETIRE_PLAN	803
Change in Service Computation Date CHG_SCD	882
Change in Schedule and Hours CHG_SCHED_HOURS	781, 782
Change in Tenure CHG_TENURE	880
Change in Veterans Preference CHG_VET_PREF	883
Change in Work Schedule CHG_WORK_SCHED	781
Correction CORRECT	002
Change to Lower Grade GHR_SAL_CHG_LG	713
Denial of Within Grade Increase GHR_SAL_DENIAL_WGI	888
Extension of NTE EXT_NTE	750, 760, 761, 762, 765, 769, 770, 772, 773
Incentive GHR_INCENTIVE	815, 816, 825, 827
Locality Payment GHR_SAL_LOCAL_PAY	895
Living Benefits LIV_BENEFITS	805, 806
MD/DDS Nurse Special Pay GHR_SAL_MDDDS_NURSE_PAY	850, 855
Non Pay/Non Duty Status NON_PAY_DUTY_STATUS	430, 450, 452, 460, 462, 471, 472, 473, 480
Other Pay OTHER_PAY	810, 818, 819
Pay Adjustment GHR_SAL_PAY_ADJ	890, 894, 896, 897
Promotion GHR_SAL_PROM	702, 703
Quality Increase GHR_SAL_QUALITY_INCR	892
RIF Exception RIF_EXCP	755
Separation SEPARATION	300 -390
Student Loan Repayment GHR_STUDENT_LOAN	817
Step Increase with Pay GHR_SAL_STEP_INCR_PAY	867, 891,893,893
Step Adjustment GHR_SAL_STEP_ADJ	899
Termination of Grade Retention GHR_SAL_TERM_GRET	866
Termination of Interim WGI GHR_SAL_TERM_IWGI	868
Phased Retirement GHR_PHASED_RETIREMENT	615, 616

The following table lists the Request Information Type family names, and the associated Nature of Actions and RPA Information Types.

Request Information Type Families

Request Information Type Family/CODE	Nature of Action Codes (NOACs)	Request Information Type Name/CODE
Appointment Info APPT_INFO	100, 101, 107, 108, 112, 115, 120, 122, 124, 140, 141, 142, 143, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 156, 170, 171, 190, 198, 199	US Fed Appointment Information GHR_US_PAR_APPT_INFO, US Federal Benefits GHR_US_PAR_FEDERAL_BENEFITS, US Fed Conversion Dates GHR_US_PAR_CONVERSION_DATES, US Fed SCD Information GHR_US_PAR_SCD_INFO, US Fed Probation Info GHR_US_PAR_PROBATION_INFO, US Federal Retirement Data Reporting (GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_DATA_RPT)
Appointment Transfer APPT_TRANS	130, 132, 145, 147, 157	US Fed Appointment with Transfer GHR_US_PAR_APPT_TRANSFER
Award and Bonus Info AWARDS_BONUS	825, 872, 873, 874, 875, 876, 877, 878, 879, 885, 886, 887, 889	US Fed Award and Bonus Information GHR_US_PAR_AWARDS_BONUS
Benefits Information BEN_INFO	100, 101, 107, 108, 112, 115, 120, 122, 124, 140, 141, 142, 143, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151, 153, 154, 155, 156, 170, 171, 190, 198, 199 500, 501, 507, 508, 512, 515, 520, 522, 524, 540, 541, 542, 543, 546, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553, 554, 555, 570, 571, 590 769,770,772,773,780,781,782,790,792,702,703,713,721,740,741,742,750,755,760,761,762,765	US Federal IPA Benefits Continuation GHR_US_PAR_BENEFITS_CONT US Fed Retirement System Info GHR_US_PAR_RETIRMENT_SYS_INFO US Federal Benefit Information GHR_US_PAR_BENEFIT_INFO
Change in Data Element CHG_DATA_ELEMENT	800	US Fed Change in Data Element GHR_US_PAR_CHG_DATA_ELEMENT
Change Schedule and Hours CHG_SCHED_HOURS	781, 782	US Fed Change Schedule and Hours GHR_US_PAR_CHG_HOURS US Federal Health Benefits GHR_US_PAR_FED_HEALTH_BENEFITS
Change in Retirement Plan CHG_RETIRE_PLAN	803, 890	US Fed Change in Retirement Plan GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_PLAN
Change in Tenure CHG_TEN	880, 890	US Fed Change in Tenure GHR_US_PAR_CHG_TEN
Conversion to Appointment CONV_APP	500, 501, 507, 508, 512, 515, 520, 522, 524, 540, 541, 542, 543, 546, 548, 549, 550, 551, 553, 554, 555, 570, 571, 590	US Fed Conversion to Appointment GHR_US_PAR_CONV_APP, US Federal Benefits GHR_US_PAR_FEDERAL_BENEFITS, US Fed Conversion Dates GHR_US_PAR_CONVERSION_DATES, US Fed SCD Information GHR_US_PAR_SCD_INFO, US Fed Probation Info GHR_US_PAR_PROBATION_INFO
Danger Pay GHR_DANGER_PAY	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Danger Pay GHR_US_PAR_DANGER_PAY
EDP Pay GHR_EDP_PAY	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 702, 703, 713, 721	US Fed Benefit EDP Pay GHR_US_PAR_EDP_PAY
Entitlement GHR_ENTITLEMENT	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 702, 703, 713, 721, 800	US Fed Benefit Entitlement GHR_US_PAR_ENTITLEMENT
Foreign Lang Prof Pay GHR_FOR_LANG_PROF_PAY	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 702, 703, 713	US Fed Benefit Foreign Lang Prof Pay GHR_US_PAR_FOR_LANG_PROF_PAY
Foreign Transfer Allowance GHR_FOR_TRANSER_ALLOW	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 721, 702, 703, 713, 792	US Fed Benefit Foreign Transfer Allowance GHR_US_PAR_FOR_TRANSER_ALLOW
Hazard Pay GHR_HAZARD_PAY	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 702, 703, 713, 721	US Fed Benefit Hazard Pay GHR_US_PAR_HAZARD_PAY
Imminent Danger Pay GHR_IMMINENT_DANGER_PAY	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Imminent Danger Pay GHR_US_PAR_IMMNT_DANGER_PAY
Incentives GHR_US PER_SER_OBLIGATION	815, 816, 827	US Federal Service Obligation GHR_US PER_SER_OBLIGATION
Incentives GHR_US_PER_RETENTION_INCENTIVE	827	US Federal Retention GHR_US_PER_RETENTION_INCENTIVE
Living Quarters Allowance GHR_PAR_LIVING_QUARTERS_ALLOW	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Living Quarters Allowance GHR_US_PAR_LIVING_QUART_ALLOW
MD/DDS Special Pay GHR_MD_DDS_PAY_INFO	850	US Fed MD/DDS Special Pay GHR_US_PAR_MD_DDS_PA
Non Pay/Non Duty Status NON_PAY_DUTY_STATUS	430, 450, 452, 460, 462, 480	US Fed Non Pay or Non Duty GHR_US_PAR_NON_PAY_DUTY_STATUS
Position Change POSN_CHG	740, 741	US Fed Position Change
Post Differential Amount GHR_POST_DIFFERENTIAL_AMOUNT	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Post Differential Amount GHR_US_PAR_POST_DIFF_AMOUNT
Post Differential Percent GHR_POST_DIFFERENTIAL_PERCENT	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Post Differential Percent GHR_US_PAR_POST_DIFF_PERCENT
Premium Pay GHR_PREMIUM_PAY	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 702, 703, 713, 721	US Fed Benefit Premium Pay GHR_US_PAR_PREMIUM_PAY
Realignment REALIGNMENT	790	US Fed Realignment GHR_US_PAR_REALIGNMENT
Reassignment REASSIGNMENT	721	US Fed Reassignment GHR_US_PAR_REASSIGNMENT
Retained Grade RETAINED_GRADE	713, 740	US Fed Retained Grade GHR_US_PAR_RETAINED_GRADE
Retirement Annuity GHR_RETIREMENT_ANNUITY	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 803	US Fed Benefit Retirement Annuity GHR_US_PAR_RETIREMENT_ANNUITY US Federal Uniformed Services (GHR_US_PAR_UNIFORMED_SERVICES)
Return to Duty RETURN_TO_DUTY	280, 292, 293	US Fed Return to Duty GHR_US_PAR_RETURN_TO_DUTY
Salary Change SALARY_CHG_INFO	702, 703, 713, 850, 855, 867, 868, 890, 891, 892, 893, 895, 896, 899	US Fed Salary Change GHR_US_PAR_SALARY_CHG
Salary Change SALARY_CHG_INFO4	892	US Fed QSI Award Information GHR_US_PAR_QSI_AWARD
Separate Maintenance Allowance GHR_SEP_MAINT_ALLOWANCE	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Separate Maintenance Allowance GHR_US_PAR_SEP_MAINT_ALLOWANCE
Severance Pay GHR_SEVERENCE_PAY	300-399 (except 352)	US Fed Benefit Severance Pay GHR_US_PAR_SEVERANCE_PAY US Federal Uniformed Services (GHR_US_PAR_UNIFORMED_SERVICES)
Student Loan Repayment GHR_STUDENT_LOAN_INFO	817	US Federal Student Loan Repayment GHR_US_PAR_STUDENT_LOAN
Temporary Lodging Allowance GHR_TEMP_LODGING_ALLOWANCE	100-199 (except 132)	US Fed Benefit Temporary Lodging Allowance GHR_US_PAR_TMP_LODGE_ALLOWANCE
Thrift Savings Plan GHR_THRIFT_SAVINGS_PLAN	100-199 (except 132), 500-599, 803	US Fed Benefit Thrift Savings Plan GHR_US_PAR_TSP
Transfer Information MASS_TERM	352	US Fed Transfer Information GHR_US_PAR_MASS_TERM
All families	(all NOACs)	US Fed Agency Data GHR_US_PAR_GEN_AGENCY_DATA
All families	471, 472, 473	US Fed Leave Without Pay Information GHR_US_PAR_LWOP_INFO
All families	(all NOACs)	US Fed Payroll Type GHR_US_PAR_PAYROLL_TYPE
All families	(all NOACs)	US Fed PD Employee Information GHR_US_PAR_GEN_EMP
All families	(all NOACs except 001)	US Fed Performance Appraisal GHR_US_PAR_PERF_APPRAISAL
'GHR_SCD_INFO	1xx ,130, 132, 145 , 147 , 280 , 292 293, 781, 882, 5xx	US Fed SCD Information GHR_US_PAR_CHG_SCD
SEPARATIONS FROM EMPLOYMENT	3xx	US Federal Retirement Benefits (GHR_US_PAR_RETIREMENT_BENEFITS) US Fed Retire Data Report Separation and Retirement (GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_RPT_SEP_RET) US Federal Uniformed Services Severance Pay GHR_US_PAR_SEVERANCE_PAY US Fed NFC Separation Information GHR_US_PAR_NFC_SEPARATION_INFO US Fed Agency Data GHR_US_PAR_GEN_AGENCY_DATA US Fed Payroll Type GHR_US_PAR_PAYROLL_TYPE US Fed Performance Appraisal GHR_US_PAR_PERF_APPRAISAL US Federal Retirement Data Reporting GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_DATA_RPT Severance Pay GHR_US_PAR_SEVERANCE_PAY US Fed NFC Separation Information GHR_US_PAR_NFC_SEPARATION_INFO US Fed Agency Data GHR_US_PAR_GEN_AGENCY_DATA US Fed Payroll Type GHR_US_PAR_PAYROLL_TYPE US Fed Performance Appraisal GHR_US_PAR_PERF_APPRAISAL US Federal Retirement Data Reporting GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_DATA_RPT US Federal Retirement Benefits GHR_US_PAR_RETIREMENT_BENEFITS US Federal Retire Data Report Separation and Retirement GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_RPT_SEP_RET US Federal Uniformed Services GHR_US_PAR_UNIFORMED_SERVICES
	730	US Federal IPA Tribal Org Union Official Transfer (GHR_US_PAR_IPA_TRIBAL_TRANSFER)
Phased Retirement GHR_PHASED_RETIREMENT	615, 616	US Fed Change Schedule and Hours GHR_US_PAR_CHG_HOURS US Fed Agency Data GHR_US_PAR_GEN_AGENCY_DATA US Fed Payroll Type GHR_US_PAR_PAYROLL_TYPE US Fed PD Employee Information GHR_US_PD_GEN_EMP US Fed Performance Appraisal GHR_US_PAR_PERF_APPRAISAL US Fed SCD Information GHR_US_PAR_SCD_INFO US Fed Change Schedule and Hours GHR_US_PAR_CHG_HOURS US Fed Agency Data GHR_US_PAR_GEN_AGENCY_DATA US Fed Payroll Type GHR_US_PAR_PAYROLL_TYPE US Fed PD Employee Information GHR_US_PD_GEN_EMP US Fed Performance Appraisal GHR_US_PAR_PERF_APPRAISAL US Fed SCD Information GHR_US_PAR_SCD_INFO

RPA Information Type Descriptions

The RPA Information Types are available as part of:

Application: US Federal Human Resources

Title: Extra PA Request Information

In the Descriptive Flexfield Segments window, Context Field Values region, search for the appropriate RPA information types.

RPA Request Info Types

Request Information Type Name: US FED APPOINTMENT WITH TRANSFER GHR_US_PAR_APPT_TRANSFER

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Agency Code Transfer From	R	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	None
Appointment Type	R	GHR_US_APPOINTMENT_TYPE	None
Date Arrived Personnel Office	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date WGI Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Handicap Code	R	GHR_US_HANDICAP_CODE	None
Non-Disclosure Agmt Status	O	GHR_US_NON_DISCLOSURE_AGREE	None
Part-time Indicator	O	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	None
Position Working Title	O	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	R	GHR_US_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None
Qualification Standards Waiver	O	GHR_US_QUAL_STND_WAIVER	None
Type of Employment	R	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None
FERS Coverage	O	GHR_US_FERS_COVERAGE	None
Annual Leave 45 Day Code	None	HR_US_YES_NO	None
Gaining or Losing Department	None	GHR_US_GAIN_LOSE_DEPT	None
Special Employee Program Code	O	GHR_US_SPCL_EMP_PRGM	None
FERCCA Code	O	GHR_US_FERCCA_CODE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED APPOINTMENT INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_APPT_INFO

Information Type	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Appointment Type	R	GHR_US_APPOINTMENT_TYPE	None
Date Arrived Personnel Office	None	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date WGI Due	None	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Promotion Eligibility Date	O
Handicap Code	R	GHR_US_HANDICAP_CODE	None
Non-Disclosure Agmt Status	None	GHR_US_NON_DISCLOSURE_AGREE	None
Part-time Indicator	None	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	None
Position Working Title	None	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	R	GHR_US_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None
Qualification Standards Waiver	None	GHR_US_QUAL_STND_WAIVER	None
Type of Employment	R	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None
FERS Coverage	None	GHR_US_FERS_COVERAGE	None
Annual Leave 45 Day Code	None	HR_US_YES_NO	None
Gaining or Losing Department	None	GHR_US_GAIN_LOSE_DEPT	None
Special Employee Program Code	None	GHR_US_SPCL_EMP_PRGM	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED AGENCY DATA GHR_US_PAR_GEN_AGENCY_DATA

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Agency Use Block 25	None	None	None
Agency Data Block 40	None	None	None
Agency Data Block 41	None	None	None
Agency Data Block 42	None	None	None
Agency Data Block 43	None	None	None
Agency Data Block 44	None	None	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED AWARD AND BONUS INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_AWARDS_BONUS

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Award Agency Code	O	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE_2	None
Award Type	O	GHR_US_AWARD_TYPE	None
Date Award Earned	O	None	None
Award Appropriation Code	O	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE1	None
Date Ex-Emp Award Paid	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FEDERAL BENEFITS GHR_US_PAR_BENEFITS

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
FEHB Eligibility Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Temp Eligibility Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Health Plan	R	GHR_US_HEALTH_PLAN	None
FEHB Enrollment	R	GHR_US_ENROLLMENT	None
FEHB Dependent Cert Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Temps Total Cost	O	GHR_US_TEMPS_TOTAL_COST	None
FEHB Pre Tax Waiver	O	HR_YES_NO	None
FEGLI Eligibility Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FERS Eligibility Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
TSP Amount	O	None	None
TSP Rate	O		None
TSP Status	O	GHR_US_TSP_STATUS	None
TSP Status Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
TSP Agency Contrib Elig Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT DANGER PAY GHR_US_PAR_DANGER_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	x
Location	O	None	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT EDP PAY GHR_US_PAR_EDP_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Premium Pay Ind	O	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND	x
EDP Type	O	GHR_US_HAZARD_TYPE	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT ENTITLEMENT GHR_US_PAR_ENTITLEMENT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Code	O	GHR_US_ENTITLEMENT_CODE	x
Amount of Percent	O	GHR_US_8_2_NUMBER	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT FEGLI GHR_US_PAR_FEGLI

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Eligibility Expiration	O	GHR_US_FEGLI	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT FOREIGN LANGUAGE PROF PAY GHR_US_PAR_FOR_LANG_PROF_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Certification Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Pay Level or Rate	O	GHR_US_PAY_LEVEL_RATE	x

Request Info Type Name: US FED BENEFIT FOREIGN TRANSFER ALLOWANCE GHR_US_PAR_FOR_TRANSFER_ALLOW

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	X
Num Family Members	O	None	X
Miscellaneous Expense	O	None	X
Wardrobe Expense	O	None	X
Pre-departure Subsistence Expense	O	None	X
Lease Penalty Expense	O	None	X
Total Authorized Amount	O	None	X

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT HAZARD PAY GHR_US_PAR_HAZARD_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Premium Pay Ind	O	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND	x
Hazard Type	O	GHR_US_HAZARD_TYPE	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT IMMINENT DANGER PAY GHR_US_PAR_IMMNT_DANGER_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Amount	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x
Location	O	None	x
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT LIVING QUARTERS ALLOWANCE GHR_US_PAR_LIVING_QUART_ALLOW

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Purchase Amount	O	HR_US_NUMBER_LENGTH_10	x
Purchase Currency	O	GHR_US_CURRENCY	x
Purchase Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Rent Amount	O	HR_US_NUMBER_LENGTH_10	x
Rent Currency	O	GHR_US_CURRENCY	x
Utility Amount	O	HR_US_NUMBER_LENGTH_10	x
Utility Currency	O	GHR_US_CURRENCY	x
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	x
Location	O	None	x
Quarters Type	O	GHR_US_QUARTERS_TYPE	x
Shared Percent	O	None	x
Num. Family Members	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x
Summer Record Ind	O	None	x
Quarters Group	O	GHR_US_QUARTERS_GROUP	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT POST ALLOWANCE GHR_US_PAR_POST_DIFF_AMOUNT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Amount	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	x
Location	O	None	x
No. Family Members	O	None	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT POST DIFFERENTIAL GHR_US_PAR_POST_DIFF_PERCENT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Percent	O	GHR_US_6_PERCENTAGE	x
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	x
Location	O	None	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT PREMIUM PAY GHR_US_PAR_PREMIUM_PA

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Premium Pay Ind	O	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND	x
Amount	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT RETENTION ALLOWANCE GHR_US_PAR_RET_ALLOWANCE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Retention Allowance Due Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT RETIREMENT ANNUITY GHR_US_PAR_RETIREMENT_ANNUITY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Sum	O	GHR_US_8_2_NUMBER	x
Eligibility Expires	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT SEPARATE MAINTENANCE GHR_US_PAR_SEP_MAINT_ALLOWANCE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Allowance Amount	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x
Last Action Code	R	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE	x
Category	O	GHR_US_CATEGORY	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT SEVERANCE PAY GHR_US_PAR_SEVERANCE_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Amount	O	GHR_US_8_2_NUMBER	x
Total Entitlement Weeks	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x
Number Weeks Paid	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x
Weekly Amount	O	GHR_US_8_2_NUMBER	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT SUPPLEMENTAL POST ALLOWANCE GHR_US_PAR_SUP_POST_ALLOWANCE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Amount	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED BENEFIT TEMPORARY LODGING ALLOWANCE GHR_US_PAR_TMP_LODGE_ALLOWANCE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Allowance Type	O	None	x
Daily Rate	O	GHR_US_7_NUMBER	x

Request Information Type Name: US FED CHANGE IN DATA ELEMENT GHR_US_PAR_CHG_DATA_ELEMENT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Personnel Office ID	O	GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID	None
Agency/Subelement Code	O	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	None
Creditable Military Service	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVCR	None
Frozen Service	O	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED CHANGE SCHEDULE AND HOURS GHR_US_PAR_CHG_HOURS

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Date Prob/Trial Period Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Prob/Trial Period Ends	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date WGI Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Date WGI Postpone Effective	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Part-time Indicator	O	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None
Job Change Probationary Period Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Job Change Probationary Period Ends	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Phased Retirement Start Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Phased Retirement NTE Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Type of Employment	O	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED CHANGE IN RETIREMENT PLAN GHR_US_PAR_CHG_RETIRE_PLAN

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Creditable Military Service	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVC	None
FERS Coverage	O	GHR_US_FERS_COVERAGE	None
Frozen Service	O	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED CONVERSION DATES GHR_US_PAR_CONVERSION_DATES

Data Item	Required	Value Set Name	Element
Date Conversion Career Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Conversion Career Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Recmd Conversion Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date VRA Conversion Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Recmd Conversion Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED CONVERSION TO APPOINTMENT GHR_US_PAR_CONV_APP

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Appointment Type	R	GHR_US_APPOINTMENT_TYPE	None
Date Arrived Personnel Office	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Handicap Code	R	GHR_US_HANDICAP_CODE	None
Part-time Indicator	O	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	None
Position Working Title	O	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_US_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None
Qualification Standards Waiver	O	GHR_US_QUAL_STND_WAIVER	None
Type of Employment	R	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None
Date Conversion Career Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Conversion Career Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Recmd Conversion Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Recmd Conversion Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date VRA Conversion Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date WGI Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Promotion Eligibility Date	O
FERS Coverage	O	GHR_US_FERS_COVERAGE	None
Annual Leave 45 Day Code	None	HR_US_YES_NO	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED ETHNICITY AND RACE CATEGORY GHR_US_PAR_ETHNICITY_RACE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Hispanic	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	None
American Indian or Alaskan Native	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	None
Asian	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	None
Black or African American	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	None
Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	None
White	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_NUMBER	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED LEAVE WITHOUT PAY INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_LWOP_INFO

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Type of Employment	O	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None

Request Information Type US FED MD/DDS SPECIAL PAY GHR_US_PAR_MD_DDS_PAY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Full Time Status	O	None	X
Length of Service	O	None	X
Scarce Speciality	O	None	X
Speciality or Board Certification	O	None	X
Geographic Location	O	None	X
Exceptional Qualifications	O	None	X
Executive Position	O	None	X
Dentist Post Graduate Training	O	None	X
MD/DDS Total Special Pay	O	None	X
MD/DDS Special Pay NTE Date	O	None	X
Premium Pay Indicator	O	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND	X

Request Information Type Name: US FED NFC AWARD INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_NFC_AWARD_INFO

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Awards Case Number	O	None	None
Stored Accounting Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
Cash Award Type Code	O	GHR_US_NFC_CASH_AWARD_TYPE	None
First Year Savings	O	None	None
Cash Award Pay Code	O	GHR_US_NFC_CASH_AWARD_PAY_CODE	None
Number of Persons Cash Award	O	None	None
Accounting Distribution Fiscal Year Code	O	None	None
Accounting Distribution Appropriation Code	O	None	None
Accounting Distribution Sub Level Code	O	None	None
Cash Award Accounting Station Change	O	None	None
Cash Award Code	O	GHR_US_NFC_CASH_AWARD_CODE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED NFC SEPARATION INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_NFC_SEPARATION_INF

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Retirement Deductions Refund	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_UNKNOWN	None
Military Retirement Pay	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_UNKNOWN	None
Military Waiver Received	O	GHR_US_YES_NO_UNKNOWN	None
Survivor Election	O	HR_YES_NO	None
Military Deposit	O	HR_YES_NO	None
Part Time Service	O	HR_YES_NO	None
Administrative Fee	O	HR_YES_NO	None
Life Insurance Reduction	O	GHR_US_LIFE_INSURE_REDUC	None
Disability Retirement Application	O	HR_YES_NO	None
Gaining or Losing Department	O	GHR_US_GAIN_LOSE_DEPT	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED NON PAY OR DUTY GHR_US_PAR_NON_PAY_DUTY_STATUS

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Type of Employment	O	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None
Adverse Action NOAC	O	GHR_US_ADVERSE_ACTION_NOAC	None
Cause of Disciplinary Action	O	GHR_US_CAUSE_DISP_ACTION	None
Date of Adverse Action	O	None	None
Days Suspended	O	GHR_US_DAYS_SUSPENDED	None
Date Suspension Over 30 Days	O	None	None
Date Suspension Under 30 Days	O	None	None
PIP Action Taken	O	GHR_US_PIP_ACTION_TAKEN	None
PIP Beginning Date	O	None	None
PIP Ending Date	O	None	None
PIP Extensions	O	GHR_US_PIP_EXTENSIONS	None
PIP Length	O	GHR_US_PIP_LENGTH	None
OWCP Claim Number	O	None	None
Disability Retire App Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Special Tech Disability Ind	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
Term or Life Threat Prior Ind	O	None	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED PAYROLL TYPE GHR_US_PAR_PAYROLL_TYPE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Payroll Type	O	None	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED PD EMPLOYEE INFORMATION GHR_US_PD_GEN_EMP

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Reason for Submission	O	GHR_US_SUBMISSION_REASON	G12
Explanation	O	None	None
Service	O	GHR_US_SERVICE	G13
Agency Use	O	None	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED PERFORMANCE APPRAISAL GHR_US_PAR_PERF_APPRAISAL

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Rating of Record	O	GHR_US_RATING_OF_RECORD	None
Rating of Record Pattern	O	GHR_US_RATING_PATTERN	None
Rating of Record Level	O	GHR_US_RATING_LEVEL	None
Date Appraisal Period Ends	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Appraisal Type	O	GHR_APPRAISAL_TYPE	None
Date Initial Appraisal Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Effective	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Unit	O	GHR_US_UNIT	None
Organization Structure ID	O	GHR_US_ORG_STRUCTURE_ID	None
Office Symbol	O	GHR_US_OFFICE_SYMBOL	None
Pay Plan	O	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	None
Grade	O	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	None
Date Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Appraisal System Identifier	O	GHR_US_APPRAISAL_SYS_ID	None
Optional Information	O	GHR_US_OPTNL_APPR_INFO	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED PROBATION INFO GHR_US_PAR_PROBATION_INFO

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Date Prob/Trial Period Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Prob/Trial Period Ends	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Spvr/Mgr Prob Ends	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Spvr/Mgr Prob Completion	O	GHR_US_SUPV_MGR_PROB_COMP	None
Date SES Prob Expires		FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Date Spvr/Mgr Prob Begins	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED QSI AWARD INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_QSI_AWARD

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Award Agency Code	O	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE_2	None
Promotion Eligibility Date	O
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED REALIGNMENT GHR_US_PAR_REALIGNMENT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Date Arrived Personnel Office	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Payroll Office ID	O	GHR_US_PAYROLL_OFFICE	None
Personnel Office ID	O	GHR_US_PERSONNEL_OFFICE_ID	None
Office Symbol	O	validation: None	None
Organization Function Code	O	validation: None	None
Position's Organization	O	None	None
Target Organization Name	x	None	None
Agency/Subelement Code	O	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	None
OPM Organizational Component	O	GHR_US_ORG_STRUCTURE_ID	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED REASSIGNMENT GHR_US_PAR_REASSIGNMENT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Part-time Indicator	O	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	None
Position Working Title	O	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE	None
Qualification Standards Waiver	O	GHR_US_QUAL_STND_WAIVER	None
Creditable Military Service	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVCR	None
Frozen Service	O	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None

Request Information Type Name: US FEDERAL RETAINED GRADE GHR_US_PAR_RETAINED_GRADE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Date From	O	None	None
Date To	R	None	None
Retained Grade	O	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL	None
Retained Step or Rate	O	GHR_US_STEP	None
Retained Pay Plan	O	GHR_US_PAY_PLAN	None
Retained Pay Table ID	O	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID	None
Retained Locality Percent	O	GHR_US_LOCALITY_PERCENT	None
Retained Pay Basis	O	GHR_US_PAY_BASIS	None
Temporary Promotion Step	O	GHR_US_STEP	None
Date WGI Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x

Request Information Type Name: US FEDERAL RETENTION INCENTIVE GHR_US_PER_RETENTION_INCENTIVE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Retention Incentive Review Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED RETURN TO DUTY GHR_US_PAR_RETURN_TO_DUTY

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Creditable Military Service	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVC	None
Date WGI Due	O	FND_DATE4	x
Frozen Service	O	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	None
Non-Disclosure Agmt Status	O	GHR_US_NON_DISCLOSURE_AGREE	None
Part-time Indicator	O	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_US_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None
Type of Employment	O	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED SALARY CHANGE GHR_US_PAR_SALARY_CHG

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Date WGI Postpone Effective	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Date WGI Due	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	x
Creditable Military Service	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVCR	None
Frozen Service	O	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	None
Previous Retirement Coverage	O	GHR_PREV_RETIRE_COVER	None
Promotion Eligibility Date	O

Request Information Type Name: US FED SCD INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_SCD_Info

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
SCD Civilian	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD RIF	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD Retirement	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD SES	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD Special Retirement	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FEDERAL SERVICE OBLIGATION GHR_US_PER_SERVICE OBLIGATION

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Service Obligation Type Code	O	GHR_US_SERVICE_OBLIG_CODE	None
Service Obligation Start Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Service Obligation End Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED STUDENT LOAN REPAYMENT GHR_US_PAR_STUDENT_LOAN

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Repayment Schedule	O	GHR_US_REPAYMENT_SCHEDULE	None
Review Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED TERMINATION OF RETAINED GRADE GHR_US_PAR_TERM_RET_GRADE

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Retained Grade Info	R	GHR_US_RET_GRADE_INFO	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED TRANSFER INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_MASS_TERM

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Agency Code Transfer To	O	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE	None

Request Information Type Name: US Federal IPA Benefits Continuation GHR_US_PAR_BENEFITS_CONT'

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
FEGLI Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FEGLI Election Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEGLI Election Notification Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FEHB Election Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Election Notification Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Retirement Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
Retirement Election Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Retirement Election Notification Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Cont Term Insuff Pay Election Dt	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Cont Term of Insuff Pay Notif Dt	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Cont Term Insuff Pay Paymt Type Code	O	GHR_US_BEN_CONT_PAY_TYP_CODE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED RETIREMENT SYSTEM INFO GHR_US_PAR_BENEFITS_CONT

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Special Population Code	O	GHR_SPCL_POPULATION	None
CSRS Excluded Appts	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FERS coverage– Excluded Appts	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FICA Coverage Indicator 1	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FICA Coverage Indicator 2	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None

Request Information Type Name: US FEDERAL BENEFIT INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_BENEFIT_INFO

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
FEGLI Assignment Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FEGLI Post-Election Basic Ins Amount	O	None	None
FEGLI Court Order Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FEGLI Beneficiaries Designtn Indicator	O	HR_US_YES_NO	None
FEHB Event Code	O	GHR_FEHB_EVENT_CODE	None

Request Information Type Name: US FED SCD INFORMATION GHR_US_PAR_SCD_Info

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
SCD Civilian	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD RIF	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD Retirement	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD SES	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD Special Retirement	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
SCD TSP	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
Creditable Military Service	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVC	None
Creditable Service for Annual Leave	O	GHR_US_CREDIT_SVC_ANNUAL_LEAVE_4	None
Frozen Service	O	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE	None
SCD Length of Service	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

US Federal Retirement Data Reporting (GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_DATA_RPT)

Name	Value Set	Displayed	Enabled	Required
GRDR Record Type Code	GHR_US_GRDR_RECORD_TYPE_CD	Y	Y	N
GRDR Record Identifier (ID)		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Name		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Work Number		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Fax Number		Y	Y	N
GRDR HR Contact Email Address		Y	Y	N

US Federal Retirement Benefits (GHR_US_PAR_RETIREMENT_BENEFITS)

Name	Value Set	Displayed	Enabled	Required
FEGLI Basic Coverage Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Option A Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Option B Number of Mult	GHR_US_11P4_NUMBER	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Option C Number of Mul	GHR_US_11P4_NUMBER	Y	Y	N
Date SF-2819 Issued	FND_STANDARD_DATE	Y	Y	N
Conv FEGLI to Priv Policy Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Court Order Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FEGLI Court Order Receipt Date	FND_STANDARD_DATE	Y	Y	N

US Fed Retire Data Report Separation and Retirement (GHR_US_PAR_RETIRE_RPT_SEP_RET)

Name	Value Set	Disaplyed	Enabled	Required
Manual Submission Reason Code	GHR_US_GRDR_MANUAL_SUB_RSN_CD	Y	Y	N
Early Retirement Authority Cd		Y	Y	N
Statutory Provision for Ret	GHR_US_STAT_PROV_RETIREMENT	Y	Y	N
GRDR Gaining Organization Name		Y	Y	N
Retirement Claim Number		Y	Y	N
Indian Tribal Org Assign Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
GRDR Direct Deposit Indicator	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	Y
GRDR Financial Inst Name	HR_US_FREE_TEXT_60	Y	Y	N
GRDR Routing Number	HR_US_NACHA_ROUTING_NUMBER	Y	Y	N
GRDR Account Number	HR_US_FREE_TEXT_35	Y	Y	N
GRDR Account Type Code	HR_US_ACCOUNT_TYPE	Y	Y	N

US Federal IPA Tribal Org Union Official Transfer (GHR_US_PAR_IPA_TRIBAL_TRANSFER)

Name	Value Set	Displayed	Enabled	Required
Indian Tribal Org Assign Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N

US Federal Uniformed Services (GHR_US_PAR_UNIFORMED_SERVICES)

Name	Value Set	Displayed	Enabled	Required
Mil Service Deposit Elect Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
Mil Service Deposit Surv Ind	GHR_US_MIL_SVC_DEP_SUR_PAY_CD	Y	Y	N
National Guard Mil Ser Ind	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
National Guard Mil Ser Prov Cd	GHR_US_NAT_GUARD_SVC_PROV_CD	Y	Y	N
Res Mil Ser Act Duty Start Yr	GHR_US_NUM_4	Y	Y	N
Res Mil Ser Act Duty End Yr	GHR_US_NUM_4	Y	Y	N
Cum Res Mil Ser Act Duty Years	GHR_US_NUM_4	Y	Y	N
Cum Res Mil Ser Act Duty Mos	GHR_US_NUM_4	Y	Y	N
Cum Res Mil Ser Act Duty Days	GHR_US_NUM_4	Y	Y	N

US Federal Retirement System Info (GHR_US_PAR_RETIRMENT_SYS_INFO)

Name	Value Set	Displayed	Enabled	Required
Special Population Code	GHR_SPCL_POPULATION	N	N	N
CSRS Excluded Appts	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FERS Coverage Excluded Appts	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FICA Coverage Indicator 1	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N
FICA Coverage Indicator 2	HR_US_YES_NO	Y	Y	N

US FEDERAL HEALTH BENEFITS GHR_US_PAR_FED_HEALTH_BENEFITS

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
FEHB Eligibility Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Temp Eligibility Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Health Plan	R	GHR_US_HEALTH_PLAN	x
FEHB Enrollment	R	GHR_US_ENROLLMENT	x
FEHB Dependent Cert Expiration Date	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None
FEHB Temps Total Cost	O	GHR_US_TEMPS_TOTAL_COST	x
FEHB Pre Tax Waiver	O	HR_YES_NO	None

US Fed Recruit and Fill Information (GHR_ US_ PAR _RECRUIT_FILL_INFO)

Data Item	Required/Optional	Value Set Name	Element
Recruiting Sources	O	GHR_RECRUIT_SOURCES	None
Recruiting Hiring Authorities	O	GHR_RECRUIT_HIRING_AUTHORITIES	None
Recruiting Incentives	O	GHR_RECRUIT_INCENTIVES	None
No. of Positions to be filled	O		None
Vice Employee Name	O		None
Term of Assignment in Months	O		None
Term of Assignment in Months	O	FND_STANDARD_DATE	None

User-Defined Tables

User-Defined Tables

You may need to set up your own tables to hold data such as agency-specific basic and special rate pay tables. You can set up all the tables you require using the Table Structure window. Using Oracle FastFormula, you can write simple formulas for validating entries made in table columns.

Notice that the Oracle HRMS user-defined tables are different from the database tables of the Oracle Relational Database Management System. When you set up a user table, you define the rows as well as the columns, like a matrix. For example, you could set up a table showing bonus amounts (the column) against years of service (the rows).

Entering and Accessing Table Values

To enter values in tables, you use the Table Values window. Table entries and rows are both datetracked, so you can delete existing entries or rows, and add new ones, as of an effective date.

Oracle HRMS provides the GET_TABLE_VALUE function to access table values. You can yourself write formulas that include calls to this function, perhaps for QuickPaint inquiries. Also, it is easy for MIS personnel to write PL/SQL statements that call this function, to include in the code for a form or report process, for example.

Predefined User Tables

Oracle HRMS supplies tables, already defined using the Table Structure window.

Oracle US Federal HR predefines the Oracle Federal Standard Pay Table and the Oracle Federal Special Rate Pay Tables based on pay table values mandated by the Office of Personnel Management. If you change these tables, you may compromise the application's functionality. As OPM updates the tables, the predefined ones are accordingly updated. For information about the pay tables, refer to Grades and Their Relationship to Pay, Oracle HRMS Compensation and Benefits Management Guide.

COMPANY WORK SCHEDULES Table

This table has several commonly-used work schedules already entered in it, and you can add more. A work schedule shows the hours employees normally work each day from Monday through Sunday.

Employees with the schedule 10-10-10-10-0-0-0 work 10 hours each day Monday through Thursday, and have Friday, Saturday and Sunday off.

Each column in this table holds a separate schedule, with each row holding the hours worked each day of the week for the schedule. For convenience, each column header names the schedule held in the column.

The header for the column holding the first schedule is 1 Schedule: 8-8-8-8-8-0-0.

Setting Up User Tables, Columns and Rows

You set up user tables in the Table Structure window.

To set up the structure of a table

1. Set your effective date to the date from which you want the table's row labels to take effect.

2. Enter the table name.

3. For the table's match type, select Match or Range. Select Match if each row is for one item, such as one job or one code. Select Range if each row is for a range of numeric values, such as an age range or a pay range.

4. If the match type is Match, select Date, Number or Text as the Key Units of Measure, depending on whether entries in the rows are dates, numbers, or alphanumeric text.

   If the table's match type is Range, the Key Units of Measure automatically becomes Number.

5. Enter the row label as the Row Title.

   For example, if the table rows refer to rate codes, an appropriate row title would be Rate Code. If the rows refer to age ranges, you might use the title Age Range.

6. Save your work, and choose the Columns button to go to the Columns window.

   Column Setup

7. Enter labels for the table columns in the Name field.

   Note: To add a new column to a table that already exists, place the cursor on the name of the column after which you want to enter the new column name, and choose Insert Record from the Edit menu to obtain a clear field.

8. If you are using formula validation for a column's entries, select the name of the validation formula for the column.

9. Save your work and close the window.

   Row Setup

10. In the Table Structure window, choose the Rows button to go to the Rows window.

11. If the match type of the table is Match, enter the label for each table row in the fields under the heading Exact.

    If the match type of the table is Range, enter numbers representing the lower and upper boundary of each row's range.

12. In the Sequence fields, you can optionally enter a number for each row label to determine the order in which it appears on a list in the Table Values window. Logical sequencing of row labels helps users enter table values rapidly and accurately.

13. When you are finished, save your work and close the window. Your table is now set up and ready to receive entries into its columns.

Entering Table Values

If you have set up user-defined tables, you can enter and maintain values in the Table Values window.

You can access table values from any formula used for input-value validation, payroll calculation or definition of skip-rules, assignment sets or QuickPaint reports. You can access this information using the GET_TABLE_VALUE function.

Note: The system administrator can create configured versions of the Table Values window so that you use each version for one user table only.

To enter values into table columns

1. Set your effective date to the date from which you want the entries to take effect.

2. Query the table name.

3. With the cursor in the Column Name field, use the up and down arrows to locate the name of the column in which you want to make entries.

4. In the Values region, select each row for which you want to make an entry. You select rows in the Exact field or the Lower Bound field, depending on the match type of the table.

5. For each row, make the appropriate entry in the Value field. For numeric values, you must use '.' (dot) as the decimal separator to ensure the use of accurate table values in payroll calculations.

6. Save your work.

Lookups

Lookup Codes

Providing lists of valid values for certain items of information has two key advantages:

• It ensures that all users use the same terminology, which makes it easier to inquire and report on the information.

• It speeds up data entry because you can enter just enough to identify the value, and the system completes the entry.

In Oracle HRMS, a list of values is called a Lookup type. Each value comprises a code and a meaning. For example:

Lookup type	Code	Meaning
YES_NO	Y	Yes
	N	No

The codes are used internally; users do not see them. There is a maximum of 250 Lookups for each Lookup type.

Predefined Lookup Types

A number of Lookup types are included in Oracle HRMS. For example, Lookup types have been predefined for each segment within the Oracle US Federal Human Resources key flexfields and Extra Information types.

Some Lookup types contain startup data. You can never delete these codes, but you can change their meaning. However, it is recommended that you do not change the meaning of Lookups that are specific to Oracle US Federal Human Resources.

For some Lookup types, you can also disable the codes that are supplied. Your ability to disable codes and add new codes is determined by the access level of the Lookup type as described in the following table:

Access Level	Meaning
User	You can add codes and you can disable supplied codes
Extensible	You can add new codes, but you cannot disable supplied codes because the system uses them
System	You can neither add codes nor disable supplied codes. You can only change the meaning or description of supplied codes.

You can also create your own Lookup Types in the Lookup type window. These all have an access level of User.

User and Extensible Lookups

The following table shows the field and legislation for user and extensible lookups.

Field	Lookup	Legislation
Category (absence)	ABSENCE_CATEGORY	All
Reason (for absence)	ABSENCE_REASON	All
Account Type (for bank details)	ACC_TYPE	All
Categories (for activities, programs, packages)	ACTIVITY_CATEGORY	All
Successful attendance (for activity based events)	ACTIVITY_SUCCESS_CRITERIA	All
User Status (for an activity)	ACTIVITY_USER_STATUS	All
Address Type	ADDRESS_TYPE	All
AK Web Region Codes	AK_WEB_REGION_CODES	All
Reason (for application assignment status)	APL_ASSIGN_REASON	All
Type (event type for applicant)	APL_EVENT_TYPE	All
Type (interview type for applicant)	APL_INTERVIEW_TYPE	All
Reason (for secondary assignment status)	APL_SEC_ASSIGN_REASON	All
Appraisal and Assessment Status (appraisal and assessment on SSHR)	APPRAISAL_ASSESSMENT_STATUS	All
Types of appraisal processed by appraisal functionality	APPRAISAL_SYSTEM_TYPE	All
Appraisal and Assessment Type (appraisal and assessment on SSHR)	APPRAISAL_TYPE	All
	AT_PROVINCE	All
Activity (for work incident)	AT_WORK_FLAG	All
Australian Tax Office Codes	AU_ATO_OFF	Australia
Australian Direct Entry Indicator	AU_DE_IND	Australia
Australian Direct Entry Transaction Code	AU_DE_TRN_CDE	Australia
State (Australian addresses)	AU_STATE	All
Years until eligible for long service leave on termination	AU_TERM_LSL_ELIGIBILITY_YEARS	Australia
Balance Type Category	BACKFEED_BT_CATEGORY	All
Check Type Category	BACKFEED_PD_CHECK_TYPE	All
Bank account name	BANK_ACCOUNT_NAME	All
Bank account number	BANK_ACCOUNT_NUMBER	All
Bank account type	BANK_ACCOUNT_TYPE	All
Bank branch	BANK_BRANCH	All
Bank name	BANK_NAME	All
Bargaining Unit (for assignment)	BARGAINING_UNIT_CODE	All
Bank name	BE_BANK	Belgium
City (Belgian addresses)	BE_CITY	Belgium
Contract Category	BE_CONTRACT_CATEGORY	Belgium
Disciplinary Action	BE_DISCIPLINARY_ACTION	Belgium
Disciplinary Body	BE_DISCIPLINARY_BODY	Belgium
Employee Coding	BE_EMPLOYEE_CODING	Belgium
Employee Type	BE_EMPLOYEE_TYPE	Belgium
Ending Reason	BE_ENDING_REASON	Belgium
Misdemeanour Type	BE_MISDEMEANOUR_TYPE	Belgium
Organization Language	BE_ORGANIZATION_LANGUAGE	Belgium
Reduced Charges Category	BE_REDUCED_CHARGES_CATEGORY	Belgium
RSZ Category	BE_RSZ_CATEGORY	Belgium
Starting Reason	BE_STARTING_REASON	Belgium
Yes/No	BE_YES_NO	Belgium
Bank Identifier Code	HR_BE_BIC_CODES	Belgium
Action Type	BEN_ACTN_TYP	All
Activity Type	BEN_ACTY_TYP	All
Benefits Balance Usage	BEN_BNFTS_BAL_USG	All
Certification Type	BEN_BNF_CTFN_TYP	All
	BEN_CMP_ENRT_ACTN_TYP	All
Compensation Category	BEN_COMP_TYP	All
Type	BEN_CRT_ORDR_TYP	All
Delivery Medium	BEN_DLVRY_MED	All
Delivery Method	BEN_DLVRY_MTHD	All
	BEN_DLVRY_SCHED_INFO	All
Dependent Coverage Certification Type	BEN_DPNT_CVG_CTFN_TYP	All
Enrollment Certification Type	BEN_ENRT_CTFN_TYP	All
Life Event Occurred Date Code	BEN_EVAL_DET	All
Change Event	BEN_EXT_CHG_EVT	All
Format Mask	BEN_EXT_FRMT_MASK	All
Operator	BEN_EXT_OPER	All
Run Status	BEN_EXT_STAT	All
Condition (Optional) Where	BEN_EXT_TTL_COND_OPER	All
Field	BEN_FIELD	All
	BEN_FILE_CTL_TTL_TYP	All
	BEN_FILE_DTA_TYP	All
Type	BEN_FILE_RCRD_TYP	All
	BEN_FILE_TYP	All
	BEN_FILE_UPDT_TYP	All
	BEN_FL_TM_PT_TM	All
Type	BEN_GD_R_SVC_TYP	All
	BEN_GNDR	All
Health Service	BEN_HLTH_CARE_SVC_TYP	All
	BEN_INFO_SRC	All
	BEN_INTRFC_TYP	All
	BEN_MED_CNTNT_TYP	All
	BEN_MED_FMT_TYP	All
Non-Monetary UOM	BEN_NNMNTRY_UOM	All
Option Type	BEN_OPT_TYP	All
Organization Roles	BEN_ORG_ROLE_TYP	All
Reason	BEN_OVRID_RSN	All
Designation code	BEN_PCP_DSGN	All
Program Group	BEN_PGM_GRP	All
Program Type	BEN_PGM_TYP	All
	BEN_PIN_PRPS	All
Product	BEN_PRDCT	All
Type	BEN_PRMRY_CARE_PRVDR_TYP	All
Primary Funding Method	BEN_PRMRY_FNDG_MTHD	All
	BEN_PRTN_CTFN_TYP	All
Payment Schedule	BEN_PYMT_SCHED	All
QDRO Payment Distribution	BEN_QDRO_DSTR_MTHD	All
Administrative Code	BEN_REGN_ADMIN	All
Regulatory Plan Type	BEN_REGY_PL_TYP	All
Regulatory Purpose	BEN_REGY_PRPS	All
Type	BEN_REIMBMT_CTFN_TYP	All
	BEN_RESND_RSN	All
	BEN_RMBT_CTFN_TYP	All
Purpose	BEN_RPTG_PRPS	All
Waive Coverage Reason	BEN_WV_CVG_RSN	All
Waive Participation Certification Type	BEN_WV_PRTN_CTFN_TYP	All
Waiving Participation Reason	BEN_WV_PRTN_RSN	All
Blood Type	BLOOD_TYPE	All
Source of student	BOOKING_SOURCE	All
Measurement Type (for budget)	BUDGET_MEASUREMENT_TYPE	All
Cash Analysis (for a cash payment)	CASH_ANALYSIS	All
Census Metropolitan Area (Canada)	CA_CMA	Canada
Canadian Payment Association Codes	CA_DD_CPA_CODES	Canada
Element categories	CA_EMPLOYER_LIABILITIES	Canada
Select Form to be printed (Canada)	CA_FORM_NAME	Canada
Element categories	CA_INVOLUNTARY_DEDUCTIONS	Canada
Element categories	CA_PAYMENT	Canada
Province (Canadian addresses)	CA_PROVINCE	All
Element categories	CA_REGULAR_EARNINGS	Canada
Element categories	CA_SUPPLEMENTAL_EARNINGS	Canada
Element categories	CA_TAXABLE_BENEFITS	Canada
Element categories	CA_VOLUNTARY_DEDUCTIONS	Canada
Method	CERTIFICATION_METHOD	All
List of Swiss Cantons	CH_CANTON	All
	CHECKBOX	All
Checklist categories Note: Applicable to Release 12 only	CHECKLIST_CATEGORIES	All
Check item (on a checklist)	CHECKLIST_ITEM	All
Status (of an item on a checklist)	CHECKLIST_STATUS	All
User friendly names for cheque/check-ordering SQL statement	CHEQUE_PROCEDURE	All
User friendly names for cheque/check-writing SRW2 reports.	CHEQUE_REPORT	All
Company Age (for salary surveys mappings)	COMPANY_AGE	All
Company Size (for salary surveys)	COMPANY_SIZE	All
Primary Evaluation Method	COMPETENCE_EVAL_TYPE	All
Consultation Type	CONSULTATION_TYPE	All
Consultation Result	CONSULTATION_RESULT	All
Competence Type	COMPETENCE_TYPE	All
Type (relationship of one person to another)	CONTACT	All
Contract End Reason	CONTRACT_END_REASON	All
Contract Start Reason	CONTRACT_START_REASON	All
Contract Status	CONTRACT_STATUS	All
Contract Status Reason	CONTRACT_STATUS_REASON	All
Contract Types	CONTRACT_TYPE	All
Contract Types (Belgium)	CONTRACT_TYPE_BE	Belgium
Type (of MIX batch control total)	CONTROL_TYPE	All
Assignment Category	CWK_ASG_CATEGORY	All
Reason (for contingent worker assignment)	CWK_ASSIGN_REASON	All
Reason (for contingent worker secondary assignment status)	CWK_SEC_ASSIGN_REASON	All
Reason a student failed to successfully complete an event.	DELEGATE_FAILURE_REASON	All
User defined Type to categorize development events.	DEV_EVENT_TYPE	All
Bank Code	DE_BANK_CODE	Germany
Course Type (for qualifications)	DE_COURSE_TYPE	Germany
Establishment Type (for qualifications)	DE_ESTABLISHMENT_TYPE	Germany
Hereditary Title	DE_HEREDITARY_TITLE	Germany
Work Incident Status	DE_INCIDENT_STATUS	Germany
License Type (degree type)	DE_LICENSE_TYPE	Germany
Organization Link Type	DE_LINK_TYPE	Germany
Name Prefix	DE_PREFIX	Germany
Professional Title	DE_PROF_TITLE	Germany
Bank Identifier Code	HR_DE_BIC_CODES	Germany
	DE_REGION	All
Category (of disability)	DISABILITY_CATEGORY Note: For Polish users only: This lookup contains relevant Polish codes. Therefore, you must not add further codes for disability categories to this lookup.	All
Reason (for disability)	DISABILITY_REASON	All
Status (of disability)	DISABILITY_STATUS	All
Disease Type	DISEASE_TYPE	All
Document Category	DOCUMENT_CATEGORY	All
Document Status (contract)	DOCUMENT_STATUS	All
Reason (for element entry)	ELE_ENTRY_REASON	All
Reason (for employee assignment)	EMP_ASSIGN_REASON	All
Employment Category	EMP_CAT	All
Type (of employee event)	EMP_EVENT_TYPE	All
Type (of interview for employee)	EMP_INTERVIEW_TYPE	All
Reason (for secondary assignment status)	EMP_SEC_ASSIGN_REASON	All
Employee Category	EMPLOYEE_CATG	Ireland
Bank Identifier Code	HR_IE_BIC_CODES	Ireland
Employee Category	EMPLOYEE_CATG	Mexico
Reason (for change in enrollment status)	ENROLLMENT_STATUS_REASON	All
Province	ES_PROVINCE	Spain
Bank Identifier Code	HR_ES_BIC_CODES	Spain
Ethnic Origin	ETH_TYPE	All
System (job or position evaluation system)	EVAL_SYSTEM	All
Measurement In (type for EVAL SYSTEM)	EVAL_SYSTEM_MEAS	All
User defined status for an event	EVENT_USER_STATUS	All
Type (of work pattern exception)	EXCEPTION_CATEGORY	All
Type (of finance line)	FINANCE_LINE_TYPE	All
Type (of formula)	FORMULA_TYPE	All
Bank Details	HR_DK_BANK_REGISTRATION	Denmark
Condition of Employment	DK_EMP_CATEGORY	Denmark
Employee Group	DK_EMP_GROUP	Denmark
Employee Type	DK_EMP_TYPE	Denmark
School Type	DK_ESTB_TYPE	Denmark
Labels (for Denmark)	DK_FORM_LABELS	Denmark
Employee Category	DK_EMP_CATEGORY	Denmark
Postal Code/Town	DK_POSTCODE_TOWN	Denmark
Union Membership	DK_UNION_MEMBERSHIP	Denmark
Court Order Name	DK_COURT_ORDER_NAME	Denmark
Benefits Given	DK_BENEFIT	Denmark
Postal Code	DK_POSTAL_CODE	Denmark
Bank Identifier Code	HR_DK_BIC_CODES	Denmark
Community Price Category	FI_COM_PRICE_CAT	Finland
Insurance Occupational Group	FI_INS_OCC_GRP	Finland
Electronic Report Method	FI_REPORTING_METHOD	Finland
Union Occupational Group	FI_EMPR_OCC_GRP	Finland
Pension Type	FI_PENSION_TYPES	Finland
Postal Code	FI_POSTAL_CODE	Finland
Bank Identifier Code	HR_FI_BIC_CODES	Finland
Activity Type	FR_ACTIVITY_TYPE	France
Address Suffix	FR_ADDRESS_SUFFIX	France
AGIRC/ARRCO	FR_AGIRC_ARRCO	France
Bank	FR_BANK	France
Contract Category	FR_CONTRACT_CATEGORY	France
Disability/COTOREP Code	FR_COTOREP_CODE	France
DADS Type	FR_DADS_TYPE	France
Department	FR_DEPARTMENT	France
Disciplinary Actions	FR_DISCIPLINARY_ACTION	France
Education Status	FR_EDUCATION_STATUS	France
Employee Category	FR_EMPLOYEE_CATEGORY	France
Employee Status	FR_EMPLOYEE_STATUS	France
Employer Type	FR_EMPLOYER_TYPE	France
Employment Type	FR_EMPLOYMENT_TYPE	France
Ending Reason	FR_ENDING_REASON	France
Guaranteed ID	FR_GI_TYPES	France
Hiring Reason	FR_PQH_NONTIT_HIRE_REASON	France
Class of Illness	FR_ILLNESS_CLASS	France
Type of Illness	FR_ILLNESS_TYPE	France
Invalidity Category	FR_INVALIDITY_CLASS	France
Qualification Level	FR_LEVEL_OF_WORKER	France
Mandate Type	FR_MANDATE_TYPE	France
Type of Medical Examination	FR_MEDICAL_EXAMINATION_TYPE	France
Result of Medical Examination	FR_MEDICAL_RESULT	France
Military Service Status	FR_MILITARY_SERVICE_STATUS	France
Military Service Types	FR_MILITARY_SERVICE_TYPE	France
Misdemeanor Type	FR_MISDEMEANOUR_TYPE	France
NAF/APE Code	FR_NAF_CODE	France
PCS Code	FR_PCS_CODE	France
Pension Code	FR_PENSION_CODE	France
Reason (in Person EIT-French Public Sector additional Seniority Details)	FR_PQH_ADDL_REASON	France
Activity (in Person EIT-French Public Sector Soldier Details)	FR_PQH_ARMY_ACTIVITY	France
Army Body (in Person EIT-French Public Sector Soldier Details)	FR_PQH_ARMY_BODY	France
Hierarchy (in Person EIT-French Public Sector Soldier Details)	FR_PQH_ARMY_HIERARCHY	France
Rank (in Person EIT-French Public Sector Soldier Details)	FR_PQH_ARMY_RANK	France
Bonification Type (in Person EIT-French Public Sector Bonification Details)	FR_PQH_BONIFICATION_TYPE	France
Level	FR_PQH_COMMITTEE_LEVEL	France
Type (Members)	FR_PQH_COMMITTEE_MEMBER_TYPE	France
Mention (in Qualification Type DDF)	FR_PQH_DIPLOMA_MENTION	France
Optional (in Qualification Type DDF)	FR_PQH_DIPLOMA_OPTION	France
Specialty (in Qualification Type DDF)	FR_PQH_DIPLOMA_SPECIALITY	France
Sub-Specialty (in Qualification Type DDF)	FR_PQH_DIPLOMA_SUB_SPECIALITY	France
Relationship Type	FR_PQH_EXT_ORG_TYPE	France
Category (in Corps)	FR_PQH_GRADE_CATEGORY	France
Badge Name (in Ministry Awards SIT)	FR_PQH_MINISTRY_BADGE_NAME	France
Level (in Ministry Awards SIT)	FR_PQH_MINISTRY_LEVEL	France
Medal Name (in Ministry Awards SIT)	FR_PQH_MINISTRY_MEDAL_NAME	France
Order Name (in Ministry Awards SIT)	FR_PQH_MINISTRY_ORDER_NAME	France
Activity (in Organization EIT)	FR_PQH_ORG_ACTIVITY	France
Physical Share (in Assignment: Statutory Information)	FR_PQH_PHYSICAL_SHARE	France
Type of Service (in Person EIT-French Public Sector Soldier Details)	FR_PQH_TYPE_OF_ARMY_SERVICE	France
Event	FR_PQH_VALIDATION_EVENT	France
Previous Employer COTOREP Type	FR_PREVIOUS_COTOREP	France
Department	FR_REGION	France
Representative Type	FR_REPRESENTATIVE_TYPE	France
Starting Reason	FR_STARTING_REASON	France
Types of French Training	FR_TRAINING_TYPE	France
Type of Worker	FR_TYPE_OF_WORKER	France
URSSAF Code	FR_URSSAF_CODE	France
Visa Status	FR_VISA_STATUS	France
Visa Type	FR_VISA_TYPE	France
Work Accident Code	FR_WORK_ACCIDENT_CODE	France
Work Accident Result	FR_WORK_ACCIDENT_RESULT	France
Type of Work Accident	FR_WORK_ACCIDENT_TYPE	France
Work Pattern	FR_WORK_PATTERN	France
Medical Service	FR_WORK_MEDICAL_SERVICE	France
Situation Sub Type	FR_PQH_STAT_SIT_SUB_TYPE	France
Situation Reason	FR_PQH_STAT_SIT_REASON	France
Type of Request	FR_PQH_STAT_SIT_RQST_TYPE	France
Label names for the BIAF report template	BIAF_LOOKUP_CODE	France
Label names for the DIF Statement report template	DIF_STMT_LOOKUP_CODE	France
Bank Identifier Code	HR_FR_BIC_CODES	France
Representative Body's method of funding	FUNDING_METHOD	All
Authority (for PAYE details)	GB_AUTHORITY	GB
Bank Name	GB_BANKS	GB
Certificate (for element NI)	GB_CERTIFICATE	GB
Cheque/Check Style	GB_CHEQUE_REPORT	GB
County (UK addresses)	GB_COUNTY	GB
Pay day type	GB_PAY_DAY_TYPE	GB
Pension	GB_PENSION	GB
Allows users to to define valid SCON number for NI SCON input	GB_SCON	GB
Sequence (for the BACS process)	GB_SORT_SEQUENCE	GB
	PQP_GB_ADDITIONAL_PAY_TYPE	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_CNTRCT_AGRMNT_TYPES	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_ABSENCE_CATEGORY	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_DESTINATION_CODES	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_ORIGIN_CODES	GB
	PQP_GB_DCSF_PAY_SCALE	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_POSTS	GB
	PQP_GB_REGIONAL_SPINE_CODE	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_ROLES	GB
	PQP_GB_DCSF_SPINE_POINTS	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_SUBJECT_CODES	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_QTS_ROUTES	GB
	PQP_GB_SWF_QUALIFICATION_CODES	GB
	PQP_GB_STAFF_CATEGORY	GB
	UK_ETHNIC_CODES	GB
Names of Item Types for HR Summary Process	GSP_ITEM_TYPE	All
Names of Key Types for HR Summary Process	GSP_KEY_TYPE	All
Names of Restriction Types for HR Summary Process	GSP_RESTRICTION_TYPE	All
Hazard	HAZARD_TYPE	All
Area (Hong Kong addresses)	HK_AREA_CODES	Hong Kong
Rental/Passage Deduction Level	HK_DEDUCTION_LEVEL	Hong Kong
Leaving Reasons	HK_DEPARTURE_REASONS	Hong Kong
IR56B Origin	HK_IR56B_ORIGIN	Hong Kong
IR56 Box Descriptions	HK_IR56_BOX_DESC	Hong Kong
MPF Voluntary Processing Rules	HK_MPF_PROC_RULE	Hong Kong
MPF Wage Base	HK_MPF_WAGE_BASE	Hong Kong
Nature of Quarters	HK_NATURE_OF_QUARTERS	Hong Kong
Overseas Payment Amount Known	HK_OVERSEAS_PAYMENT	Hong Kong
Returning to Hong Kong	HK_RETURN_TO_HK	Hong Kong
Tax Reporting Year	HK_TAX_YEAR	Hong Kong
Document Category	HR_ADI_DOCUMENT_TYPE	All
Date Posted	HR_APPLICATION_DATE	All
Reason for Deployment	HR_DEPLOYMENT_REASONS	All
Hire Date	HR_HIRE_DATE	All
Banks in Ireland	HR_IE_BANK	Ireland
Date Posted	HR_JOB_POSTED_DATE	All
HR Metalink Application	HR_METALINK_APPLICATION	All
Academic Title	HR_NL_ACADEMIC_TITLE	NL
Dutch Bank Details	HR_NL_BANK	NL
Dutch Cities	HR_NL_CITY	NL
Correspondence Language	HR_CORR_LANGUAGE	NL
Dutch HR WAO Disability	HR_NL_DI_WAO	NL
Full Name Format	HR_NL_FULL_NAME_FORMAT	NL
Identification Certificate	HR_NL_ID_CERTIFICATE	NL
Job Level	HR_NL_JOB_LEVEL	NL
Nationality	HR_NL_NATIONALITY	NL
Province	HR_NL_PROVINCE	NL
Dutch Regions	HR_NL_REGIONS	NL
Royal Title	HR_NL_ROTAL_TITLE	NL
End Reasons for Social Health Insurance Report	HR_NL_SHI_END	NL
Special Title	HR_NL_SPECIAL_TITLE	NL
Field Labels	HR_FORM_LABELS	NL
Bank Identifier Code	HR_NL_BIC_CODES	NL
Group	HR_WPM_GROUP	All
Unit of Measure	HR_WPM_MEASURE_UOM	All
Priority	HR_WPM_PRIORITY	All
Weighting	HR_WPM_WEIGHTING	All
Sector	NL_SECTOR	NL
Batch process used by OTM	HXT_BATCH_STATUS	All
Days of the week	HXT_DAY_OF_WEEK	All
Process modes used by OTM	HXT_PROCESS_MODE	All
Benefit Type	IE_BENEFIT_TYPE	Ireland
Benefit Type	IE_BIK_ASSET_TYPE	Ireland
Benefit Type	IE_BIK_REPORTABLE_ITEM	Ireland
Calculation Option	IE_CALC_OPTION	Ireland
Cheque List Report Sort Option	IE_CHEQLIST_SORT	Ireland
Cheque Report	IE_CHEQUE_REPORT	Ireland
Colleges (Irish colleges)	IE_COLLEGES	Ireland
County (Irish addresses)	IE_COUNTY	Ireland
Text to be displayed on Irish specific field prompts	IE_FORM_LABELS	Ireland
Basis of Tax Assessment	IE_PAYE_ASSESS_BASIS	Ireland
Information Source	IE_PAYE_INFO_SOURCE	Ireland
Tax Basis	IE_PAYE_TAX_BASIS	Ireland
Postal Code	IE_POSTAL_CODE	Ireland
Contribution Class	IE_PRSI_CONT_CLASS	Ireland
Overridden Subclass	IE_PRSI_CONT_SUBCLASS	Ireland
Mode	IE_P35_SRS_MODE	Ireland
Qualification Type	IE_QUAL_TYPES	Ireland
Incident Type	INCIDENT_TYPE	All
Industry (for salary survey)	INDUSTRY	All
Injury	INJURY_TYPE	All
Bank Name	IT_BANK	Italy
City (Italian addresses)	IT_CITY	Italy
Collective Agreement	IT_COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS	Italy
Contract Type	IT_CONTRACT_TYPE	Italy
Text to be displayed on Italian specific field prompts	IT_FORM_LABELS	Italy
Employment Category	IT_EMP_CAT	Italy
Province (Italian addresses)	IT_PROVINCE	All
Trade Unions	IT_TRADE_UNIONS	Italy
Unemployment Insurance Codes	IT_UNEMPLOYMENT_INSURANCE_CODE	Italy
Unemployment Insurance Sub Codes	IT_UNEMPLOYMENT_INS_SUB_CODE	Italy
Extra Job Information	JOB_CATEGORY	All
Categories of Jobs	JOB_CATEGORIES	All
Representative Body's Jurisdiction	JURISDICTION	All
Reason (for leaving)	LEAV_REAS	All
	LOCAL_BAL_FORM_NAME	All
Marital Status	MAR_STATUS	All
Marital Status (Belgium)	MAR_STATUS_BE	Belgium
Government Employment Sector	MX_HR_EMP_CAT	Mexico
MX_SOCIAL_SECURITY_SALARY_TYPE	Social Security Salary Type	Mexico
	MX_STATE	All
	MY_STATE	All
North American Industry Code for Canada	NAIC	All
Nationality	NATIONALITY	All
NI Unique Error or Warning	NI_UNIQUE_ERROR_WARNING	All
	NL_REGION	All
Reason	NPW_TERMINATION_REASONS	All
Region (New Zealand addresses)	NZ_COUNTIES	All
District of Origin	NZ_DISTRICT_OF_ORIGIN	New Zealand
Ethnic Origin	NZ_ETHNIC_ORIGIN	New Zealand
Tribal Group	NZ_TRIBAL_GROUP	New Zealand
Organization Type	ORG_TYPE	All
Class Begins	OTA_ENROLL_CLASS_DATE	All
Use to which a work pattern is or may be put	PATTERN_PURPOSE	All
Type of checksum used for deductions batches	PAY_PDT_DED_CKSUM	All
Type of checksum used for earnings deductions batches	PAY_PDT_EARN_CKSUM	All
Type of checksum used for time entry batches	PAY_PDT_TIME_CKSUM	All
Category	PER_CATEGORIES	All
Communication delivery method, Report Method	PER_CM_MTHD	All
Cluster	PER_COMPETENCE_CLUSTER	All
FTE Capacity	PER_FTE_CAPACITY	All
Minimum Service	PER_LENGTHS_OF_SERVICE	All
Format Type	PER_NAME_FORMATS	All
Credit Type	PER_QUAL_FWK_CREDIT_TYPE	All
Field	PER_QUAL_FWK_FIELD	All
Level	PER_QUAL_FWK_LEVEL	All
Level Type	PER_QUAL_FWK_LEVEL_TYPE	All
Provider	PER_QUAL_FWK_PROVIDER	All
QA Organization	PER_QUAL_FWK_QA_ORG	All
Qualification Type	PER_QUAL_FWK_QUAL_TYPE	All
Sub-Field	PER_QUAL_FWK_SUB_FIELD	All
Unit Standard Type	PER_QUAL_FWK_UNIT_STD_TYPE	All
Relocation	PER_RELOCATION_PREFERENCES	All
Status	PER_SUBJECT_STATUSES	All
Subject	PER_SUBJECTS	All
Work Duration	PER_TIME_SCALES	All
Tuition Method	PER_TUITION_METHODS	All
Address Type	ADDRESS_TYPE	Norway
Confederation Code	NO_CONFEDERATION_CODES	Norway
Labels (for Norway)	NO_FORMS_LABEL	Norway
Marital Status	MAR_STATUS	Norway
Nationality	NATIONALITY	Norway
Legal Employer	NO_LEGAL_EMP_SI_STATUS	Norway
Organization Class	ORG_CLASS	All
Contact Type	ORG_CONTACT_TYPES	Norway
SSB Position Code	HR_NO_POSITION_CODES	Norway
School Type	NO_ESTB_TYPES	Norway
Tax Municipality	NO_TAX_MUNICIPALITY	Norway
Tax Table Numbers	NO_TAX_TABLE_NO	Norway
Title	TITLE	Norway
Bank Identifier Code	HR_NO_BIC_CODES	Norway
US Country Code	PER_US_COUNTRY_CODE	USA
I9 Status	PER_US_I9_STATE	USA
US Income Types	PER_US_INCOME_TYPES	USA
US Process Type	PER_US_PROCESS_TYPE	USA
US Residency Status	PER_US_RES_STATUS	USA
US Visa Categories	PER_US_VISA_CATEGORIES	USA
US Visa Types	PER_US_VISA_TYPES	USA
US Visit Code	PER_US_VISIT_CODE	USA
Work Hours	PER_WORK_HOURS	All
Work Schedule	PER_WORK_SCHEDULE	All
Rating	PERFORMANCE_RATING	All
Type	PHONE_TYPE	All
Reason (for grade step placement)	PLACEMENT_REASON	All
Position Family	POSITION_FAMILY	All
Status (of reserved position)	POSITION_RESERVED_STATUS	All
Status (of position)	POSITION_STATUS	All
Academic Rank	PQH_ACADEMIC_RANK	USA
Document Type (in Corps: Document Details)	PQH_CORPS_DOC_TYPE	FR
Type of Exam (in Corps: Entrance Exams)	PQH_CORPS_EXAM_TYPE	FR
Filere (in Position and Corps HGRID)	PQH_CORPS_FILERES	FR
Way of Joining Corps (in Corps: Other Details)	PQH_CORPS_WAYS	FR
Requirements (in Corps: Other Details)	PQH_CORPS_WAYS_CRITERIA	FR
Value of SSHR Transaction Attribute (in Document Management)	PQH_CURRENT_PROPOSED	All
	PQH_PA_HGRID_NODE_IMAGE	All
	PQH_PA_HGRID_ROLLOVER_TEXT	All
Tenure Status	PQH_TENURE_STATUS	USA
Element Extra Information (rate type name)	PQP_RATE_TYPE	UK
Subtype (for previous employer)	PREV_EMP_SUBTYPE	All
Type (for previous employer)	PREV_EMP_TYPE	All
Student Enrollments Priority	PRIORITY_LEVEL	All
Type (of Professional Credits)	PROFESSIONAL_CREDIT_TYPE	All
Source of Proficiency Rating	PROFICIENCY_SOURCE	All
A label given to group events within a program	PROGRAM_MEMBERSHIP_GROUP	All
Reason (for salary proposal)	PROPOSAL_REASON	All
Units (qualifying units for probation period)	QUALIFYING_UNITS	All
Basis	RATE_BASIS	All
Type (of recruitment activity, also used in application source)	REC_TYPE	All
Report Method	REPORT_METHOD	All
	RECON_STATUS	All
Type (of resource)	RESOURCE_TYPE	All
Reason (a resource is used by an activity)	RESOURCE_USAGE_REASON	All
Account Type	SG_ACCOUNT_TYPE	Singapore
Bank Code	SG_BANK_CODE	Singapore
Employer IRAS Category	SG_EMPLOYER_IRAS_CATEGORY	Singapore
Permit Category	SG_PERMIT_CATEGORY	Singapore
Race	SG_RACE	Singapore
Religion	SG_RELIGION	Singapore
Survey Age (for salary surveys)	SURVEY_AGE	All
Survey Company (for salary surveys)	SURVEY_COMPANY	All
Job Name (for salary surveys)	SURVEY_JOB_NAME	All
Region (for salary surveys)	SURVEY_REGION	All
Seniority (for salary surveys)	SURVEY_SENIORITY	All
Reason (for terminating application)	TERM_APL_REASON	All
Prefix	TITLE	All
Uses Tobacco (for benefits)	TOBACCO_USER	All
Role (of trainer in event)	TRAINER_PARTICIPATION	All
Center (where event takes place)	TRAINING_CENTRE	All
Type (of unit for event pricing)	TRAINING_UNIT	All
Accrual Start	US_ACCRUAL_START_TYPE	All
Status of request for accommodation	US_ADA_STATUSES	All
Coverage Level (for medical, dental and vision benefit plans)	US_BENEFIT_COVERAGE	All
Status (of continued coverage)	US_COBRA_STATUS	All
Reason (for COBRA Termination)	US_COBRA_TERM_REASON	All
Category (within Earnings classification)	US_EARNINGS	All
Category (within Imputed Earnings classification)	US_IMPUTED_EARNINGS	All
Category (within Information classification)	US_INFORMATION	All
Category (within Involuntary Deductions classification)	US_INVOLUNTARY_DEDUCTIONS	All
Job Groups	US_JOB_GROUPS	All
Filing Status for local income tax	US_LIT_FILING_STATUS	All
Exemption Reason (for excluding employee from New Hire report)	US_NEW_HIRE_EXCEPTIONS	All
Category (within Nonpayroll Payments classification)	US_PAYMENT	All
Category (of accrual plan)	US_PTO_ACCRUAL	All
Filing Status for state income tax	US_SIT_FILING_STATUS	All
State (US addresses)	US_STATE	All
Category (within Supplemental Earnings classification)	US_SUPPLEMENTAL_EARNINGS	All
Row Type (for Payroll Tables)	US_TABLE_ROW_TYPES	All
List of different instances of US Payroll Tax Balance reports	US_TAX_REPORT	All
Category (within Voluntary Deductions classification)	US_VOLUNTARY_DEDUCTIONS	All
Position of WC surcharge (after experience modifications and after premium discount)	US_WC_SURCHARGE_POSITION	All
Category (of a vacancy, for use in HR Direct Access)	VACANCY_CATEGORY	All
Status (of a vacancy)	VACANCY_STATUS	All
Type of Reporting Organization	VETS_ORG_TYPE	All
User friendly names for cheque writing SRW2 reports	W2_BOX-14_USER_DEFINED	All
Name (of global used in workflow)	WF_GLOBAL	All
Availability Schedule	WORK_SCHEDULE	All
Aggregate Third Party Cheque Types	ZA_AGG_3RD_CHEQUE_REPORT	S Africa
Cheque Reports	ZA_CHEQUE_REPORT	S Africa
Credit Transfer Cheque Reports	ZA_CT_CHEQUE_REPORT	S Africa
Employment Equity Occupational Categories	ZA_EMP_EQ_OCCUPATIONAL_CAT	S Africa
Employment Equity Occupational Levels	ZA_EMP_EQ_OCCUPATIONAL_LEV	S Africa
Employment Equity Status	ZA_EMP_EQUITY_STATUS	S Africa
Language Preference	ZA_LANG_PREF	S Africa
NQF Activity Names	ZA_NQF_ACTIVITY_NAMES	S Africa
NQF Chamber Names	ZA_NQF_CHAMBER_NAMES	S Africa
Race	ZA_RACE	S Africa
Religion	ZA_RELIGION	S Africa
RSC Regions	ZA_RSC_REGIONS	S Africa
Sort Order for Tax Certificates	ZA_TAXCERT_SORT	S Africa
Country of Passport Issue	ZA_COUNTRY_OF_PASSPORT_ISSUE	S Africa
Employer Trade Classification	ZA_EMPLOYER_TRADE_CLASS	S Africa
Tax Area	CN_TAX_AREA	China
Social Insurance/PHF Contribution Area	CN_SIC_AREA	China
Notice Duration Unit	CN_DURATION_UNIT	China
Province/City/SAR (Personal Address Information and Location Address windows)	CN_PROVINCE	China
Hukou Location	CN_HUKOU_LOCN	China
Hukou Type	CN_HUKOU_TYPE	China
Health Status	CN_HEALTH_STATUS	China
Race/Ethnic Origin	CN_RACE	China
Highest Education Level	CN_HIGH_EDU_LEVEL	China
Enterprise Category	CN_ENTRP_CATEGORY	China
Archive Format	CN_FILE_ARCHIVE	China
Last Level	CN_MILITARY_LEVEL	China
Last Rank	CN_MILITARY_RANK	China
Type of Exception	CN_PARTY_EXCEPTION	China
Party Status	CN_PARTY_STATUS	China
Party Type	CN_PARTY_TYPE	China
Type	CN_RDP_TYPE	China
Technical Title	CN_TECH_TITLE	China
Way to obtain Title	CN_TECH_WAY	China
Religion	GCC_RELIGION	For all GCC countries. Saudi Arabia, Kuwait
Employment Status	SA_EMPLOYMENT_STATUS	Saudi Arabia
City	SA_CITY	Saudi Arabia
Bank	SA_BANKS	Saudi Arabia
Bank	HU_BANKS	Hungary
County	HU_COUNTY	Hungary
Location Types	HU_LOCATION_TYPES	Hungary
Nationality	HU_NATIONALITY	Hungary
Form Labels	HU_FORM_LABELS	Hungary
Company Formation	HU_COMPANY_FORMATION	Hungary
Pension Provider	HU_PENSION_PROVIDERS	Hungary
Job Classification	HU_JOB_CLASSIFICATION	Hungary
Joining Reason	HU_JOINING_REASON	Hungary
Military Rank	HU_MILITARY_RANK	Hungary
Civil Defense Organization	HU_CIVIL_DEFENCE_ORG	Hungary
Civil Local Department	HU_CIVIL_LOCAL_DEPT	Hungary
Civil Local Sub Department	HU_CIVIL_LOCAL_SUB_DEPT	Hungary
Civil Group	HU_CIVIL_GROUP	Hungary
Civil Sub Group	HU_CIVIL_SUB_GROUP	Hungary
Bank Identifier Code	HR_HU_BIC_CODES	Hungary
Banks	ES_BANKS	Spain
Company Types	ES_COMPANY_TYPES	Spain
Province	ES_PROVINCE	Spain
Province codes	ES_PROVINCE_CODES	Spain
Form Labels	ES_FORM_LABELS	Spain
Identifier Type	ES_IDENTIFIER_TYPE	Spain
Epigraphs	ES_EPIGRAPHS	Spain
Contract Subtype	ES_CONTRACT_SUBTYPE	Spain
Contract Replacement Reason	ES_CONTRACT_REPLACEMENT_REASON	Spain
Worker Status	ES_WORKER_STATUS	Spain
Unemployment Status	ES_UNEMPLOYMENT_STATUS	Spain
Special Relationship Type	ES_SPECIAL_RELATIONSHIP_TYPE	Spain
Contract Start Reason	ES_CONTRACT_START_REASON_UDT	Spain
Payment Key	ES_PAYMENT_KEY	Spain
Sub Payment Key (for Payment Key B)	ES_SUB_PAYMENT_KEY_B	Spain
Sub Payment Key (for Payment Key F)	ES_SUB_PAYMENT_KEY_F	Spain
Sub Payment Key (for Payment Key G)	ES_SUB_PAYMENT_KEY_G	Spain
Sub Payment Key (for Payment Key H)	ES_SUB_PAYMENT_KEY_H	Spain
Sub Payment Key (for Payment Key L)	ES_SUB_PAYMENT_KEY_L	Spain
Contract Subtype	ES_CONTRACT_SUB_TYPE_UDT	Spain
State/UT	IN_STATES	India
Pin Code	IN_PIN_CODES	India
Bank Name	IN_BANK	India
Branch Name	IN_BANK_BRANCH	India
Account Type	IN_ACCOUNT_TYPE	India
Contribution Period	IN_ESI_CONTRIB_PERIOD	India
Currency Period	IN_FINANCIAL_YEAR	India
Remittance Month	IN_CALENDAR_MONTH	India
Nature of Injury	IN_INJURY	India
Disablement Level	IN_DISABLEMENT_LEVEL	India
Type (Extra Contact Information)	IN_NOMINATION_TYPES	India
Residential Status	IN_RESIDENTIAL_STATUS	India
Religion	IN_RELIGION	India
Community	IN_COMMUNITY	India
Employer Classification	IN_ER_CLASS	India
Trust Classification	IN_PF_CLASSIFICATION	India
Office Type	IN_OFFICE_TYPES	India
Industry Classification	IN_IND_CLASS	India
Joy Type	IN_JOB_TYPE	India
TDS Type on Bonus	IN_BONUS_TDS_TYPE	India
Reason for ESI Exemption	IN_ESI_EXEMPTION	India
Gratuity forfeiture reason	IN_GRATUITY_FORFEITURE_REASON	India
Leaving reason	LEAV_REAS	India
Allowance Categories for India	IN_ALLOWANCE_CATEGORY	India
Declaration Types	IN_TAX_DECLARATION_TYPES	India
City Types	IN_CITY_TYPE	India
Declaration Status	IN_DECLARATION_STATUS	India
Approval Status	IN_APPROVAL_STATUS	India
Declaration Types	IN_INPUT_NAMES	India
Professional Tax Frequencies	IN_PT_FREQUENCIES	India
Employee Type	IN_EMPLOYEE_TYPE	India
Check Styles	IN_CHEQUE_REPORT	India
Other Termination Types	IN_OTHER_TERMINATIONS	India
Period	IN_PT_FORM3_QUARTERS	India
Frequency	IN_PT_FORM3_FREQUENCY	India
Year	IN_PT_FORM3_YEAR	India
LWF Adjustment Reason	IN_LWF_ADJUST_REASONS	India
LWF Exemption Reason	IN_LWF_EXEMPTION	India
Cheque/DD Drawn Bank Name	IN_PF_BANK	India
Cheque/DD Deposited Base Branch	IN_PF_BASE_BANK	India
Governorate	KW_GOVERNORATE	Kuwait
Employment Status	KW_EMPLOYMENT_STATUS	Kuwait
Banks	KW_BANKS	Kuwait
Company Types	KW_COMPANY_TYPE	Kuwait
Street Type	PL_STREET_TYPE	Poland
Province	PL_PROVINCE	Poland
District	PL_DISTRICT	Poland
Community	PL_COMMUNITY	Poland
Bank Branch	PL_BANK_BRANCH_NAME	Poland
Bank Name	PL_BANK_NAME	Poland
Period of Submission	PL_PLATNIK_TERM	Poland
Application to NIRDP	HR_PL_NIRDP_APPLICATION	Poland
Legal Base of Activity	PL_LEGAL_BASE_ACTIVITY	Poland
Type of Property	PL_TYPE_OF_PROPERTY	Poland
Type of Service	PL_TYPE_OF_SERVICE	Poland
Employee Social Security Meaning	PL_EMP_SOCIAL_SECURITY_MEANING	Poland
Expense Type	PL_TYPE_OF_VEHICLE_EXPENSE	Poland
Paid By	PL_TYPE_OF_VEHICLE_PAYEE	Poland
Payment Mode	PL_TYPE_OF_VEHICLE_PAY_MODE	Poland
Bank Identifier Code	HR_PL_BIC_CODES	Poland
Bank Code	HR_KW_BANK_CODES	Kuwait
Loan Type	KW_LOAN_TYPE	Kuwait
Equipment Used	RU_EQUIPMENT	Russia
Alcoholic or Narcotic	RU_INTOXICATION	Russia
	RU_MARITAL_STATUS	Russia
Reserve Category	RU_RESERVE_CATEGORY	Russia
Rank	RU_MILITARY_RANK	Russia
Profile	RU_MILITARY_PROFILE	Russia
Service Readiness Category	RU_MILITARY_SERVICE_READINESS	Russia
Conscription Dismissal Mark	RU_QUITTING_MARK	Russia
No field name. Used internally to map codes in the PER_CATEGORIES lookup.	RU_EDUCATION_LEVELS	Russia
No field name. Used internally to map codes in the PER_CATEGORIES lookup.	RU_ENTERPRISE_EDUCATION	Russia
Course Name	RU_COURSE_NAMES	Russia
Type of Qualification Improvement	RU_QUAL_IMPROVEMENT_TYPES	Russia
Document Name	RU_DOCUMENT_NAMES	Russia
	COMPETENCE_TYPE	Russia
Type of Activity	RU_ACTIVITY_TYPE	Russia
Calculated Record of Service Reason (CSR)	RU_CALC_RECORD_SERVICE	Russia
Insurance Type	RU_INSURANCE_TYPE	Russia
Limited Term Reason	RU_LIMITED_CONTRACT_REASON	Russia
Long Service Reason (LSR)	RU_LONG_SERVICE	Russia
Special Working Conditions	RU_SPECIAL_WORK_CONDITIONS	Russia
Territory Conditions	RU_TERRITORY_CONDITIONS	Russia
Usage Schedule	RU_USAGE_SCHEDULE	Russia
Vehicle Category	RU_VEHICLE_CATEGORY	Russia
Place of Birth/OKATO Code	RU_OKATO	Russia
SUN Code	SE_SKILLS_LEVEL_CODE	Sweden
County Code	SE_COUNTY_CODES	Sweden
Municipality	SE_TAX_MUNICIPALITY	Sweden
Industry Code	SE_INDUSTRY_CODE	Sweden
Employment Category	SE_EMP_CATG	Sweden
Estimated Period of Absence	SE_EST_PER_ABS	Sweden
Central Reporting	SE_CENTRAL_REPORTING	Sweden
Bank Identifier Code	HR_SE_BIC_CODES	Sweden
Religion	AE_RELIGION	UAE
City	AE_CITY_CODES	UAE
Emirate	AE_EMIRATE	UAE
Area	AE_AREA_CODES	UAE
Language	AE_LANGUAGES	UAE

User and Extensible Lookups for Oracle US Federal HR

This table contains user and extensible lookups that are predefined with the Oracle US Federal Human Resources. Lookups specific to Oracle HRMS are listed separately. See User and Extensible Lookups.

Field	Lookups
Academic Discipline	GHR_US_ACADEMIC_DISCIPLINE
Academic Institution Name	GHR_US_ACADEMIC_INSTITUTION
Adverse Action NOA Codes	GHR_US_ADVERSE_ACTION_NOAC
Age Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_AGE_BASIS
Agency Code	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE_2
Agency Code Transfer Form	GHR_US_AGENCY_CODE
Agency Complaint Action	GHR_US_AGENCY_ACTION
Annuitant Indicator	GHR_US_ANNUITANT_INDICATOR
Appellate	GHR_US_APPELLATE_COSTS
Appointment Type	GHR_US_APPOINTMENT_TYPE
Appraisal System Identifier	GHR_US_APPRAISAL_SYS_ID
Appraisal Type	GHR_US_APPRAISAL_TYPE
Appropriation Code-1	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE1
Appropriation Code-2	GHR_US_APPROPRIATION_CODE2
Award Type	GHR_US_AWARD_TYPE
Award Unit of Measure	GHR_US_AWARD_UOM
Bargaining Unit Status	GHR_US_BARG_UNIT_STATUS
Breakdown Rpt: By Clause	GHR_US_BRKDWN_BY_CLAUSE
Breakdown Rpt: Within Clause	GHR_US_BRKDWN_WITHIN_CLAUSE
Category	GHR_US_CATEGORY
Cause of Disciplinary Action	GHR_US_CAUSE_DISP_ACTION
Citizenship	GHR_US_CITIZENSHIP
Civil Action	GHR_US_CIVIL_ACTION_COSTS
Civilian Duty Stat Contingency	GHR_US_CIV_DTY_STATUS_CONT
Class Graded	GHR_US_CLASS_GRADE_BY
Classification Official	GHR_US_CLASSFCTN_OFFICIAL
Clinical Specialty	GHR_US_CLN_SPEC
College-Major-Minor	GHR_US_COLLEGE_MAJ_MIN
Complaint Accepted or Rejected	GHR_US_ACCEPT_REJECT_ISSUES
Complaint Basis Category	GHR_US_BASIS_CATEGORY
Complaint Closure Decision	GHR_US_DEC_CLOSURE
Complaint Closure Types	GHR_US_NATURE_CLOSING
Complaint Corrective Action	GHR_US_CORRECT_ACTION
Complaint Cost Unit	GHR_US_COST_UNIT
Complaint Individual Type	GHR_US_TYPE_INDV_INVOLVED
Complaint Issues	GHR_US_COM_ISSUE
Complaint Statutes	GHR_US_BASIS_STATUTE
Complaint Type, Class or Indiv	GHR_US_COMPLAINT_TYPE
Consent ID	GHR_US_CONSENT_ID
Counselor Report Type	GHR_US_COUNSELOR_RPT_TYPE
Country World Citizenship	GHR_US_CNTRY_WRLD_CTZN
Credit Hours	GHR_US_CREDIT_HOURS
Credit Type	GHR_US_CREDIT_TYPE
Creditable Military Service	GHR_US_CREDIT_MIL_SVC
Currency	GHR_US_CURRENCY
Days Suspended	GHR_US_DAYS_SUSPENDED
Drawdown Action ID	GHR_US_DRAWDOWN_ID
Drug Test	GHR_US_DRUG_TEST
Duty Station ID	GHR_US_DUTY_STATION_ID
Duty Status	GHR_US_DUTY_STATUS
Education Level	GHR_US_EDUCATIONAL_LEVEL
EEO Counselor Status	GHR_US_COUNSELOR_STATUS
EEO Investigator Status	GHR_US_INVESTIGATOR_STATUS
EEOC Complaint Recommended Dec	GHR_US_EEOC_RECOM_DEC
EEOC Complaint Recommended Dec	GHR_US_EEOC_RECOM_DEC_ACT
Employment Category Group	GHR_US_EMP_CAT_GRP
Enrollment	GHR_US_ENROLLMENT
Entitlement Code	GHR_US_ENTITLEMENT_CODE
Exception Retirement Pay Ind	GHR_US_EXCEPTION_RETIREMENT
FAA Final Agency Decision	GHR_US_FAD_COSTS
FAD Final Agency Action	GHR_US_FAA_COSTS
Family Member Employment Pref	GHR_US_FAM_MBR_EMPLMNT_PREF
Family Member Status	GHR_US_FAMILY_MEMBER_STATUS
FEGLI	GHR_US_FEGLI
FERS Coverage	GHR_US_FERS_COVERAGE
Final Organization Decision	GHR_US_FINAL_ORG_DEC
Financial Statement	GHR_US_FINANCIAL_STATEMENT
FLSA Category	GHR_US_FLSA_CATEGORY
Formal Complaint Recommended D	GHR_US_FRM_RECOM_DEC
Formal Complaint Recommended D	GHR_US_FRM_RECOM_DEC_ACT
Formal Complaint	GHR_US_FORMAL_COMPL_COSTS
Frozen Service	GHR_US_FROZEN_SERVICE
Functional Class	GHR_US_FUNCTIONAL_CLASS
GHR Event Code Categories	GHR_US_EVENT_CATEGORIES
Grade or Level	GHR_US_GRADE_OR_LEVEL
Handicap Code	GHR_US_HANDICAP_CODE
Handicap Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_HC_BASIS
Hazard Type	GHR_US_HAZARD_TYPE
Health Plan	GHR_US_HEALTH_PLAN
Hearing	GHR_US_HEARING_COMPL_COSTS
Hierarchy Level Names	GHR_US_HIERARCHY_LEVEL
Incentive Obligation	GHR_US INCENTIVE OBLIG_CODE
Information Inquiry	GHR_US_INFO_INQUIRY_COSTS
Intelligence Position Ind	GHR_US_INTEL_POSN_INDICATOR
Investigation	GHR_US_INVESTIGATION_COSTS
Investigator Report Type	GHR_US_INVESTIGATOR_RPT_TYPE
Investigators Recommended Deci	GHR_US_INV_RECOM_DEC
Key Emergency Essential	GHR_US_KEY_EMERG_ESSENTIAL
Key Emergency Essential Empl	GHR_US_ASGN_KEY_EMERG_ESSEN
Language Identifier	GHR_US_LANG_IDENTIFIER
Language Proficiency Level	GHR_US_LANG_PROF_LEVEL
Language Reading Proficiency	GHR_US_LANG_PROF
Language Required	GHR_US_LANGUAGE_REQUIRED
Last Action Code	GHR_US_LAST_ACTION_CODE
Legal Authorities	GHR_US_LEGAL_AUTHORITY
LEO Position Indicator	GHR_US_LEO_POSN_INDICATOR
Mass Action Status	GHR_US_MASS_ACTION_STATUS
Military Recall Status	GHR_US_MILITARY_RECALL
Military Retirement Waiver Ind	GHR_US_MIL_RETIREMNT_WAIVER
NAF Retirement Indicator	GHR_US_NAF_RETIRE_INDIC
National Origin Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_NO_BASIS
Non-Disclosure Agmt Status	GHR_US_NON_DISCLOSURE_AGREE
Obligated Employee SSN	GHR_US_OBLIGATED_EMPL_SSN
Obligated Position Number	GHR_US_OBLIG_POSN_NUM
Obligated Position Type	GHR_US_OBLIG_POSN_TYPE
Obligated Type	GHR_US_OBLIGATED_POSN_TYPE
Occupation Category Code	GHR_US_OCC_CATEGORY_CODE
Occupational Series	GHR_US_OCC_SERIES
Organization Function Code	GHR_US_ORG_FUNC_CODE
Organization Identifier*	GHR_US_ORGANIZATION_ID
Other	GHR_US_OTHER_COSTS
Part-time Indicator	GHR_US_PART_TIME_INDICATOR
Pay Level or Rate	GHR_US_PAY_LEVEL_RATE
Payment Option	GHR_US_PAYMENT_OPTION
Pay Rate Determinant	GHR_US_PAY_RATE_DETERMINANT
Payroll Office ID	GHR_US_PAYROLL_OFFICE
Personnel Sec Clearance	GHR_US_PERS_SEC_CLEAR
Physical Exam or Test Type	GHR_US_PHYSICAL_EXAM
Phys and Dent Pay Range Table	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID
Physician and Dentist Tier	GHR_PHY_DENT_TIER
PIP Action Taken	GHR_US_PIP_ACTION_TAKEN
PIP Extensions	GHR_US_PIP_EXTENSIONS
PIP Length	GHR_US_PIP_LENGTH
Personnel System Indicator	GHR_US_PERS_SYS_IND
Position Description ID	GHR_US_POSITION_DESCRIPTION
Position Occupied	GHR_US_POSITION_OCCUPIED
Position Sensitivity	GHR_US_POSN_SENSITIVITY
Position Type	GHR_US_POSITION_TYPE
Position Working Title	GHR_US_WORKING_TITLE
Pre Complaint	GHR_US_PRE_COMPL_COSTS
Premium Pay Indicator	GHR_US_PREM_PAY_IND
Previous Retirement Coverage	GHR_US_PREV_RETIRE_COVER
Processing Methods	GHR_US_PROCESS_METHODS
PRP/SCI	GHR_US_SECURITY_PRP/SCI
PRP/SCI	GHR_US_SECURITY_PRP_SCI
PRP/SCI Status Employment	GHR_US_PRP/SCI_STATUS
Qualification Standards Waiver	GHR_US_QUAL_STND_WAIVER
Quarters Group	GHR_US_QUARTERS_GROUP
Quarters Type	GHR_US_QUARTERS_TYPE
Race National Origin	GHR_US_RACE_NATIONAL_ORIGIN
Race/Color Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_RC_BASIS
Rating of Record	GHR_US_RATING_OF_RECORD
Rating of Record Level	GHR_US_RATING_LEVEL
Rating of Record Pattern	GHR_US_RATING_PATTERN
Reason for Complaint Rejection	GHR_US_REJECT_REASON
Reason for Separation	GHR_US_SEPARATION_REASON
Religious Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_REL_BASIS
Reprisal Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_REP_BASIS
Reserve Category	GHR_US_RESERVE_CATEGORY
Restricted Form	GHR_US_RESTRICTED_FORM
Retained Locality Percent	GHR_US_LOCALITY_PERCENT
Retained Pay Basis	GHR_US_PAY_BASIS
Retained Pay Table ID	GHR_US_PAY_TABLE_ID
Retirement Grade	GHR_US_RETIREMENT_GRADE
Retirement Plan	GHR_US_RETIREMENT_PLAN
Sec Investigation Basis	GHR_US_SEC_INVEST_BASIS
Security Access	GHR_US_SECURITY_ACCESS
Separate Payroll Office Number	GHR_US_SEP_PAYROLL_OFFICE_NO
Separate Pkg Register Number	GHR_US_SEP_PKG_REG_NUM
Separate Pkg Status Indicator	GHR_US_SEP_PKG_STAT_INDCTR
Service	GHR_US_SERVICE
Sex Complaint Basis	GHR_US_COM_SEX_BASIS
Sign on Identification for NFC	GHR_US_SIGNON_ID
Spcl Plcmt Consid Reason	GHR_US_SPEC_PLCMT_CNSID_RSN
Spvr/Mgr Prob Completion	GHR_US_SUPV_MGR_PROB_COMP
Stage of Complaint	GHR_US_COM_STAGE
Stage of Complaint Closing	GHR_US_STAGE_CLOSING
Step or Rate	GHR_US_STEP
Submission Reason	GHR_US_SUBMISSION_REASON
Supervisory Diff Eligibility	GHR_US_SUPV_DIFF_ELIG
Supervisory Status	GHR_US_SUPERVISORY_STATUS
Temps Total Cost	GHR_US_TEMPS_TOTAL_COST
Tenure	GHR_US_TENURE
Tenure Group for RIF	GHR_US_TENURE_GROUP
Tenure Sub Group for RIF (Veteran's Preferance)	GHR_US_VETERANS_PREF_SUB_GROUP
Timekeeper	GHR_US_TIMEKEEPER
Trainee Promotion ID	GHR_US_TRAINEE_PROMOTION_ID
Training Program ID	GHR_US_TRAINING_PROGRAM_ID
Transmission Identification for NFC	GHR_NFC_TRANSMISSION_ID
TSP Status	GHR_US_TSP_STATUS
Type Employee Supervised	GHR_US_TYPE_EMP_SUPERVISED
Type of Complaint Cost	GHR_US_COST_TYPE
Type of Complaint Official	GHR_US_EEO_OFFICIAL
Type of Employment	GHR_US_TYPE_EMPLOYMENT
Type of Individual Incurring C	GHR_US_TYPE_INDIV_INVOLVED
Type of Occupational Cert	GHR_US_TYPE_OCC_CERT
Type of School	GHR_US_TYPE_OF_SCHOOL
Type of Sec Investigation	GHR_US_TYPE_SEC_INVESTIGATN
Uniform Service Component	GHR_US_UNIFRM_SRVC_COMPONT
Uniform Service Designation	GHR_US_UNIFRM_SRVC_DESGNATN
Unit	GHR_US_UNIT
User Identification for NFC	GHR_US_USER_ID
Veterans Preference	GHR_US_VETERANS_PREF
Veterans Preference for RIF	GHR_US_VETERANS_PREF_FOR_RIF
Veterans Status	GHR_US_VET_STATUS
Within Grade Increase Status	GHR_US_WGI_STATUS
Work Schedule	GHR_US_WORK_SCHEDULE
Year Degree / Cert Attained	GHR_US_YEAR_DEGREE_ATTAINED

Adding Lookup Types and Values

Lookups supply many of the list of values in Oracle HRMS and lookup values are the valid entries that appear in the list of values. They make choosing information quick and easy, and they ensure that users enter only valid data into Oracle HRMS.

Some Lookup Types have been predefined. You only need to define values for these types.

To create a new lookup type, add values to an existing lookup type, or prevent existing values from appearing in a lookup type, use the Application Utilities Lookups window.

Note: You must log out and log in again to see the effect of your changes.

Defining Lookup Types

You can create your own lookup types to provide lists of values, for example to validate element entries.

To define a new lookup type and lookup values

1. Choose the access level for the lookup type.

2. Enter the lookup type.

3. Enter the user name of the lookup. This is the name that users will see from within the application.

   Note: For US Federal users: Do not prefix EIT definitions with GHR_US. This prefix is reserved for the predelivered US Federal definitions.

4. Select the application in which the lookup will be used.

5. Optionally, add a description of the lookup type.

6. If you want to add lookup values specific to the security group/business group linked to your current responsibility, un-check the Global Security Group check box. Existing lookup values are available to all business groups.

   Important: The Global Security Group check box only displays if you are using Security Group Enabled Security with a non-default security group. If you use Standard HRMS security, or the default (Standard) security group in Security Group Enabled Security, all lookup types are global.

   See: Categorizing Information By Security Groups, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

7. Enter the code, meaning and optionally a description for each value. Leave the Tag column blank.

   If you do not enter a start date, the new lookup is valid immediately. If you do not enter an end date, the new lookup is valid indefinitely.

8. Save your work.

Defining Lookup Values

To add lookup values to an existing lookup type

1. Query the lookup type to which you want to add a value.

   You cannot add values if the access level is System.

2. If you want to add lookup values specific to the security group/business group linked to your current responsibility, un-check the Global Security Group check box. Existing lookup values are available to all business groups.

   Important: The Global Security Group check box only displays if you are using Security Group Enabled Security with a non-default security group. If you use Standard HRMS security, or the default (Standard) security group in Security Group Enabled Security, all lookup types are global.

3. Enter the code, meaning and optionally a description for each value. Leave the Tag column blank.

   Caution: Do not change or remove any legislation codes that are shown in the Tag column for existing lookup values. This may have implications elsewhere in your HRMS system.

   If you do not enter a start date, the new lookup is valid immediately. If you do not enter an end date, the new lookup is valid indefinitely.

4. Save your work.

Removing Lookup Values

You can only remove lookup values if they are set up for a specific security group. However, you can stop all lookups appearing in lists of values.

Note: You must be using Security Group Enabled security to categorize lookups by security groups. See: Categorizing Information By Security Groups, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

To remove a user defined lookup

In the Application Utilities Lookups window, do one of the following:

• Enter an end date if you want to prevent users selecting this value after a certain date.

• Disable the code by un-checking the Enabled check box if you want to prevent users selecting this value with immediate effect from the current date.

• Change the meaning and description to create a replacement lookup.

If you add, disable, or change the meaning of a lookup, users must log out and log back in again for your changes to take effect.

To remove a lookup set up for a security group

1. In the Application Utilities Lookups window, select the lookup type which has lookups for a specific security group.

2. Check the Global Security Group check box.

   This removes all lookups which have been set up for the security group linked to your current responsibility. Predefined lookups are not removed.

   If you add, disable, or change the meaning of a lookup, users must log out and log back in again for your changes to take effect.

Document Categories and Types

Overview of Document Categories and Types

The Documents of Record functionality enables you to create and maintain documents, such as medical certificates, visas, and licenses, in Oracle HRMS. These documents belong to document categories (for example, visa information), subcategories (for example, work visa or business visa), and types (for example, US H1, US H2). The following table provides additional examples:

Examples of Document Categories, Subcategories, and Types

Document Category	Document Subcategory	Document Type
Absence Information	Sickness	Doctor Certificate
	Maternity	Hospital Certificate
Personal Information	General	Birth Certificate
	General	Driver's License
Educational Information	Degree Certificate	Bachelor of Science
	Degree Certificate	Master of Science

Oracle provides some standard document types. However you can also create your own document categories, subcategories, and types to suit the particular requirements of your enterprise.

See: Creating Document Categories, Subcategories, and Types

See also: Documents of Record, Oracle SSHR Deploy Self-Service Capability Guide for information on using the Documents of Record function in SSHR.

Creating Document Categories, Subcategories, and Types

Although Oracle provides several document categories, subcategories, and types for use with the Documents of Record functionality, you may need to create new objects to match your specific business requirements. Use the following process to create these objects.

1. To create a new document category, use the Application Utilities Lookups window and the DOCUMENT_CATEGORY lookup type. Enter the name of the new document category in the lookup code region, for example, Professional Information.

   See: Adding Lookup Types and Values

2. To create a new document subcategory, use the User Types and Statuses window:

   1. Query the DOCUMENT_CATEGORY lookup in the Name field.

   2. Enter the document category, for example, Professional Information, in the System Type column.

   3. Enter the required subcategories in the Code column, for example, Diploma, Certificate, Award.

   See: Creating User Types and Statuses

3. To create new document types, run the Register Document Types (EITs) process.

   See: Running the Register Document Types Process

4. When you have created your document types, you must associate them with a responsibility in the Information Types Security window (in the same way as you associate Extra Information Types with a responsibility).

   See: Setting Up Extra Information Types for a Responsibility

   For more information on document categories and types, see: Overview of Document Categories and Types

Running the Register Document Types (EITs) Process

Use this process to create new document types for the Documents of Record functionality.

See: Overview of Document Categories and Types

Run this process from the Submit Requests window.

To run the Register Document Types (EITs) process

1. In the Name field, select Register Document Types (EITs).

   The Parameters window appears.

2. In the Document Type field, enter a unique name for the new document type.

   Note: When the process runs, the application creates an internal name for the document type. The internal name is the same as the document type name and does not change, even if you subsequently change the document type name, for example, for translation. The internal name is used as the flexfield context.

3. In the Multiple Rows field, specify whether multiple occurrences of the same document type can exist. For example, for a birth certificate, the value would be No.

4. Select the country to which the document is applicable. You can leave the Country Code field blank to create a globally applicable document, for example, a passport document.

5. Enter the Category Code (mandatory) and Sub Category Code (optional).

   See: Overview of Document Categories and Types

6. Specify whether authorization is required for the new document type.

7. Click Submit.

User Types and Statuses

User Types and Statuses Window

The User Types and Statuses window enables you to extend certain delivered Oracle lookups to meet additional system requirements by creating user types and statuses for these lookups.

Note: If you wish to use user types or statuses, you must modify your program code to point to enable user types or statuses for the relevant fields. However, Oracle recommends that you only use the User Types and Statuses form as described in the examples below.

You can define user types for specific business groups if required. If you do not define specify a business group, your user types and statuses will be available in all business groups.

Using the User Types and Statuses Window

You would like to categorize the white collar workers in the organization according to their function. However, the delivered Employee Category lookup type contains only one value for white-collar worker. To further extend the possible values of this lookup, you can create the following additional user values for the WHITE_COLLAR lookup of the EMPLOYEE_CATG lookup type:

• Office Clerk

• Office Manager

• Administration Staff

For more information on lookups in general, see: Lookups, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

Specific Applications of the User Types and Statuses Window

There are additional help topics available which illustrate specific uses of the User Types and Statuses window:

• To create position hiring statuses. Although several hiring statuses are delivered with Oracle HRMS, you can create multiple values for each system status if required.

  For more information, see: Position Hiring Statuses, Oracle HRMS Enterprise and Workforce Management Guide

• To create budget measurement types.

  For more information, see: People Budgets and Costing Overview, Oracle HRMS Enterprise and Workforce Management Guide

• To create new document subcategories.

  For more information, see: Creating Document Categories, Subcategories, and Types

Some Oracle localizations also use the User Types and Statuses window. For example, Oracle HRMS for France uses the User Types and Statuses window to create additional information for contacts and collective agreements.

For more information on these applications, please see the following documentation:

• Setting Up Dependent Child Contact Relationships, Oracle HRMS Workforce Sourcing, Deployment, and Talent Management Guide

• Setting Up Collective Agreement Entitlement Items, Oracle HRMS Enterprise and Workforce Management Guide

Note: Please note that the above examples are specific to the French localization of Oracle HRMS and you should only use the User Types and Statuses window as described in the examples above.

Creating User Types and Statuses

You use the User Types and Statuses window to create user types and statuses for delivered standard lookups.

1. In the Name field, select the lookup type. For example, select the EMPLOYEE_CATG lookup.

2. If applicable, select a business group. If you do not specify a business group, the user type or status will be available globally.

3. In the System Type field, select the lookup value that you wish to extend. For example, select the White Collar system type.

4. Enter a description of the new user type or status. For example, enter Office Clerk as a description.

5. Enter a code for the new user type or status.

6. Enter Further Information as required. Depending on the lookup type or localization, you may have the option of entering additional data, such as marking a contract status for inclusion in reports, working hours, or hierarchy type.

7. Save your work.

   You can enter additional values for each user type or status if required. For example, you may choose to create a further type or status for the White Collar lookup value such as Office Manager.

Alerts

Oracle HRMS Predefined Alerts

Use the Oracle HRMS Alerts to help you manage your enterprise and workforce more efficiently. Use the predefined alerts to inform, remind and confirm to you information on your personal details, your subordinate workforce and your organizations. For example, you could run HRMS Alert - New Hire Details Missing to ensure that you have all of the correct information for any newly hired employees.

See the Oracle Alert's User Guide for information on using and setting up the alerts.

The recipient of the alert is the person who meets the alert's requirements, usually a supervisor with a subordinate workforce. The recipient is sometimes required to perform an action based on the alert's email message, for example, if a piece of information is incorrect or missing and needs updating.

Configurable Options

Each of the HRMS alerts has been designed as a periodic alert with a set of predefined and configurable conditions. To view the configurable conditions and their descriptions, query the desired alert in the Alerts window. You can configure the conditions and determine how often you need the alerts run to suit your organizational needs. The alerts will check your database for these conditions according to the frequency you define.

See: Conditions of the HRMS Alerts

The table below describes each predefined alert with its specific business benefit, recommended frequency and any further information of when the alert sends an email notification to the recipient. An email will only be sent if the recipient meets the alert's requirements, the fixed and configurable conditions, and has a correctly formatted email address.

Warning: Oracle HRMS only supports the default select statement in the Alerts window if it is unchanged.

Period Conditions

For alerts that are based on events, for example a new hire or a termination, you can use the following configurable conditions to control whether your alerts report on a specific day or over a range of days:

• PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS - setting this value configures alerts to detect events that occurred X days ago or will occur in X days time. For example, if you set this to 7 for an alert that detects events in the future, when the alert is run, it will look for events that will occur in 7 days time.

• PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS - setting this value configures alerts to detect events that occurred or will occur during a number of days before the value set in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition. For example, if PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS is set to 7, and PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS is set to 3, then for an alert that detects events in the future, it will look for events that will occur between 4 and 7 days from the current date. For alerts that detect events that have already happened, the above settings would mean an alert looks for events that occurred between 7 and 10 days before the current date.

For a future event, a new hire that is due to start work, you can use the HRMS Alert - New Hires (not yet started) to find out how many new hires are about to start work and when. For example, if the current date is 01-AUG-2003, and you set the value in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition to 14, the alert will return a list of new hires that are due to start on the 15-AUG-2003. If you set the frequency of this alert to run daily, it will run everyday from the 15-AUG-2003 and will send an email notification if it finds any new hires.

If you want the alert to return a list of new hires before the 15-AUG-2003, for example you have set the alert to run as above and you need to find out if any new hires are due to start between the 07-AUG-2003 and the 15-AUG-2003, you can set the value in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition to 8. The alert will run in the period between the value set in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition and the value set in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition, therefore an email notification will be sent if the alert finds any new hires that are due to start between the 07-AUG-2003 and 15-AUG-2003.

For a past event, an employee who has recently started employment, you can use the HRMS Alert - New Hire Details Missing to find out if they have any important information missing from their records. For example, if the current date is 28-DEC-2002, and you set the value in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition to 10, the alert will return a list of newly hired employees with missing information that started work on the 18-DEC-2002. If you set the frequency of this alert to run daily, it will run everyday from the 18-DEC-2002 and will send an email notification if it finds any newly hired employees with missing details.

If you also want the alert to return a list of newly hired employees that started before the 18-DEC-2002, for example you need to find out if any new employees started between the 14-DEC-2002 and the 18-DEC-2002, you can set the value in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition to 4. The alert will run in the period between the value set in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition and the value set in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition, therefore an email notification will be sent if the alert finds any newly hired employees with information missing from their records between the 14-DEC-2002 and the 18-DEC-2002.

Predefined Alerts Table

Alert Name and Description	Recommended Frequency	Business Benefits	Further Information
HRMS Alert - Active Direct Reports - this alert returns a list of subordinates and their assignment details.	Monthly	Use this alert to ensure that the information on your workforce is correct.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active employees and contingent workers with current assignments.
HRMS Alert - Cost Center Listing by Manager - this alert returns a list of cost centers managed by the recipient and the recipient's subordinates.	Monthly	Use this alert to ensure that the list of cost centers that you and your subordinates manage is accurate.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies organizations that are currently classified as company cost centers to a current cost center manager, who is either an employee or contingent worker.
HRMS Alert - Ended Cost Center Listing by Manager - this alert returns a list of end-dated cost centers managed by the recipient and the recipient's subordinates.	Monthly	Use this alert to inform you of any cost centers that have been end-dated that you or your subordinates manage. You can then use this information to update your records.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies organizations that are classified as company cost centers, and that have been end-dated before the current date to a current cost center manager, who is either an employee or contingent worker.
HRMS Alert - New Hires (not yet started) - this alert returns a list of new members of the workforce that are due to start work.	Daily	Use this alert as a confirmation that new members of your workforce have been entered into the Oracle HRMS application, and as a reminder of their start date.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies employees or contingent workers who are due to start between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition.
HRMS Alert - New Hire Details Missing - this alert returns a list of missing information for newly hired employees, such as salary basis and bank details.	Daily	Use this alert to inform you of any important information that is missing from a newly hired employee's record, and to ensure that the information is updated.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies current employee or contingent worker assignments that started between the current date, and the number of days previous, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition.
HRMS Alert - Ending Probationary Period - this alert returns a list of the recipient's subordinates that are near the end of a review or probation period.	Daily	Use this alert to remind you when a member of your workforce is nearing the end of an employment review or probation period.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies current employee assignments that have probation periods that are due to end between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition.
HRMS Alert - Performance Appraisal Due - this alert returns a list of the recipient's subordinates that require appraisals.	Daily	Use this alert to remind you when a member of your workforce is due an appraisal.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active employees that have an appraisal due between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition. The alert will not be sent if an appraisal of the same appraisal type has already occurred.
HRMS Alert - Performance Appraisal Passed Due - this alert returns a list of the recipient's subordinates that have appraisals outstanding.	Daily	Use this alert to remind you when a member of your workforce is overdue an appraisal.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active employees that were due an appraisal from the current date, and the number of days previous, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition. The alert will not be sent if an appraisal of the same appraisal type has already occurred.
HRMS Alert - Overlapping Position Incumbency - this alert returns a list of the recipient's subordinates that are in positions where there is an unacceptable position incumbency overlap due to occur.	Daily	Use this alert to warn you when members of your workforce are in positions where there is an unacceptable position incumbency due to occur. You can then use this information to correct or update your records.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies employee assignments that occupy the same position, that has a maximum headcount of one and the maximum overlap duration (for that position) is due to end between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition. The alert will not include a position if it has two or more assignments assigned to it.
HRMS Alert - People Terminating in the Next Week - this alert returns a list of the recipient's terminating workforce one week before they leave.	Daily	Use this alert to remind you to perform any termination procedures and collect any company assets.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies an employee's or contingent worker's period of service or placement is due to end between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition.
HRMS Alert - People Returning from Leave of Absence - this alert returns a list of subordinates to the supervisor who are due to return from a suspended assignment.	Daily	Use this alert to inform you of your subordinate's return date.	This alert sends an email if it identifies active employee assignments that have a current status of Suspended and a future dated assignment change between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition with an assignment status of active.
HRMS Alert - Open Vacancies Listing - this alert returns a list of outstanding vacancies that are assigned to the recipient.	None	Use this alert to provide you with a list of outstanding vacancies that are assigned to you and require an action.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active vacancies.
HRMS Alert - Personal Details Review - this alert returns details of the recipient's important personal information.	Bi-annually	Use this alert to review your important personal information to ensure it is correct.	This alert sends an email if it identifies active employee and contingent worker primary assignments.
HRMS Alert - People Without a Supervisor - this alert returns a list (to a nominated user) of all current employees and contingent workers that do not have a supervisor.	Monthly	Use this alert to ensure that all workers are assigned to a supervisor.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active assignments without a direct or valid supervisor.
HRMS Alert - Payroll Run Completed - this alert returns a confirmation (to a nominated user) of the latest successful payroll run	Daily	Use this alert to confirm a successful payroll run.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies payroll actions that have a status of complete between the current date, and the number of days previous, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition.
HRMS Alert - People Without Email Addresses - this alert returns a list of the recipient's subordinates that do not have an email address.	Monthly	Use this alert to inform you of any subordinates that do not have a valid email address. Use this information to update your records.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active employee and contingent worker primary assignments that do not have an email address or have an incorrectly formatted email address.
HRMS Alert - Training Attendance Reminder - this alert returns a list of training events that the recipient or their subordinates are due to attend or have attended.	Daily	Use this alert to remind you of any training events that you or your subordinates are due to attend or to inform you of any training events that you or your subordinates have attended.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active employee or contingent worker delegate assignments that are due to attend a training event or have previously attended a training event between the days you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition. A training event will only be included if it is not a development event and if it has not been cancelled.
HRMS Alert - Workers Competencies Expiring - this alert returns a list of competencies that the recipient and their subordinates have that are due to expire.	Daily	Use this alert to remind you of any competencies that you or your subordinates have that are due to expire.	This alert sends an email only if it identifies active employees or contingent workers that have competencies that are due to expire between the current date, and the number of days ahead, which you indicate in the PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS condition, and the number of days before that, which you indicate in the PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS condition. An email will not be sent if the competence is due to restart the day after it expires.

Using the Alerts

For information on using the alerts see the Oracle Alert's User Guide.

For an example of how to use a HRMS alert, see: Example of Setting up a HRMS Alert.

For information on the configurable conditions for the alerts, see: Conditions of the HRMS Alerts.

Conditions of the HRMS Alerts

The conditions of the alerts enable you to control the content of the alert and who receives them. Each alert provides you with a number of configurable options that you can configure to provide email notifications to best suit your organizational needs. For example, if you want to send the HRMS Alert - Training Attendance Reminder to the supervisor of an employee that is due to attend a training course, you can set the value of the SEND_TO_ASG_SPVSR condition to Y. When the alert is run, an email notification is sent to the supervisor regarding the training event.

The table below describes each condition and its default value.

The HRMS Alerts Conditions Table

Condition	Default Values	Description
ALERT_BANK_DETAILS	Y	If set to Y an alert will be raised when bank details have not been set for a new hire.
ALERT_GRADE_PLACEMENT_MISSING	N	If set to Y an alert will be raised when grade placements have not been set for a new hire.
ALERT_PAY_METHOD_MISSING	Y	If set to Y an alert will be raised when the pay method has not been set for a new hire.
ALERT_PAYROLL_MISSING	Y	If set to Y an alert will be raised when the payroll has not been set for a new hire.
ALERT_SALARY_BASIS_MISSING	Y	If set to Y an alert will be raised when the salary basis has not been set for a new hire.
ALERT_SALARY_MISSING	Y	If set to Y an alert will be raised if the salary information is missing for a new hire.
ALERT_SUPERVISOR_MISSING	N	If set to Y an alert will be raised when a new hire does not have a supervisor.
DISPLAY_SALARY_AMOUNT	N	If set to Y the actual salary amount displays on the alert.
EXCLUDE_CEO	Blank	If set to an employee number, that employee will be excluded from the alert, if blank then all employees will be considered within the scope of the alert.
INCLUDE_ALL_NEW_STARTS	N	If set to Y an alert will be raised for all new hires regardless of whether they have missing details or not.
INCLUDE_BUSINESS_GROUP	Blank	Restricts the alert to a named business group. If not set, all business groups will display.
INCLUDE_CONT_FLAG	N	Includes contingent workers within the scope of the alert.
INCLUDE_EMP_FLAG	Y	Includes employees in the scope of the alert.
INCLUDE_ORGANIZATION	Blank	Restricts the alert to a named organization. If not set, all organizations will display.
INCLUDE_SECONDARY_ASG	N	If set to Y an alert will include information for a secondary assignment.
PERIOD_EVT_IN_X_DAYS	7	Set the alert to X number of days before or after an event.
PERIOD_RERUN_EVENT_DAYS	0	Allows a rerun of the alert and provides an additional configuration option to run the alert for a period of time rather than a single day.
*SEND_TO_ASG_PSN	Y	Send alert to the person (with an assignment) who is the subject of the alert.
*SEND_TO_ASG_SPVSR	Y	Send alert to the supervisor of the person (with an assignment) who is the subject of the alert.
*SEND_TO_NAMED_USER	N	Send a copy of the alert to the specified email address.
*SEND_TO_PASG_SPVSR	N	Send alert to the primary assignment supervisor of the person who is the subject of the alert.
*SEND_TO_PSN	Y	Send alert to the person who is the subject of the alert.
*SEND_TO_SUP_PSN	N	Send alert to the supervisor of the person who is the subject of the alert.

Warning: If you set more than one of the *Send_To condition values to Y, the recipient of the alert may receive duplicate information in the alert notification.

Example of Setting up a HRMS Alert

This topic is an example of the steps you perform to set up the HRMS Alert - Cost Center Listing by Manager.

To set up the HRMS Alert - Cost Center Listing by Manager

1. Query the HRMS Alert - Cost Center Listing by Manager in the Alerts window.

2. Choose Tools in the menu, and select the Transfer Alert option to copy the alert.

   See: Transferring Alert Definitions in the Oracle Alert's User Guide for more information on copying an alert.

3. Ensure you rename the alert and choose the same database in the Destination Alert region of the Transfer Alert Definition window.

   Note: It is important to rename your alerts and to save them to the same database. This ensures that any changes you make to the alert are specific to your alert and not the predefined alert.

4. Choose the Transfer button, close the Transfer Alert Definitions window and query your copied alert.

5. Check the Enabled button to enable your alert.

   You can check your periodic alerts regardless of the frequency you define. See: Checking a Periodic Alert in the Oracle Alert's User Guide for information on checking your periodic alerts and their enabled action sets.

6. Set the frequency to On Day of the Month and enter 1 as the day number for the alert to run on the first day of every month.

   See: Creating a Periodic Alert in the Oracle Alert's User Guide for more information on setting up the frequency.

7. Choose the Action Details button to set up the conditions of the alert. The conditions you set up here specify the scope of the alert.

   See: Specifying the Alert Details in the Oracle Alert's User Guide for more information.

8. Enter the business group name in the Value field for the INCLUDE_BUSINESS_GROUP optional condition for which you want the alert to run.

   Warning: You must enter a valid value for the alert to run successfully. For example, if you enter an invalid business group name, the alert will not find any information and an email notification will not be sent.

9. Change the INCLUDE_CONT_FLAG condition to Y in the Value field to include contingent workers in the scope of the alert.

   Warning: The Value field is case sensitive, you must ensure that you enter the value as uppercase.

10. Leave the INCLUDE_ORGANIZATION condition blank in the Value field, as this example wants the alert to include all organizations within the business group in the scope of the alert.

    Note: You can restrict this condition to a specific organization if you enter an organization name.

11. Leave all other conditions with their default values.

    As an additional verification step, you can set the conditions up in the Alert Details window with the same values as in the Action Details window, to test your alert to find out if it returns the number of rows you expect. You use the Run button to test and verify your alert.

    See: Creating a Periodic Alert in the Oracle Alert's User Guide for more information on verifying your alerts.

    This alert now runs on the first day of every month, and sends an email notification to employees and contingent workers if it identifies them as current company cost center managers within the specified business group.

Custom Library Events and APIs

CUSTOM Library Events

Generic Events

An event is a point within the processing of a form at which you can call custom code from the CUSTOM library. For example, you can use the event WHEN-FORM-NAVIGATE to code a sequence of logic that occurs after any existing logic for the form, block or item. WHEN-FORM-NAVIGATE is an example of a generic event available to all the windows in Oracle Applications. For a complete list of generic events see: Events Passed to the CUSTOM Library, Oracle Applications Developer's Guide.

Product-Specific Events

In addition to generic events, Oracle HRMS provides a range of product-specific events that you can use to make CUSTOM library calls to support your business rules. The product-specific events for HRMS are available for most HRMS windows. The following table details the purpose of each event and shows when the events occur.

Event Name	Purpose	When Occurs
WHEN-CREATE-RECORD	Enables you to specify values that will appear by default when you create a new record.	After the form has processed.
POST-QUERY	Enables you to add additional derivation or validation on completion of a query.	After the form has processed.
KEY-DELREC	Enables you to add an extra level of validation before users are allowed to delete a record from the database.	Immediately before the user is asked to confirm the deletion of the record.
PRE-UPDATE, PRE-INSERT and PRE-DELETE	Enables you to add additional validation before the update, insert or delete action is performed.	After any data validation. Before DateTrack manupulation if the block contains DateTrack features.
POST-INSERT, POST-UPDATE and POST-DELETE	Enables you to add additional insert, update, or delete actions to user tables. We do not recommend using these events for validation.	After the form has processed.
POST-FORMS-COMMIT	Enables you to specify an action to occur as the last action in a sequence of commit actions.	After the form has processed.
WHEN-BUTTON-PRESSED	Enables you to perform custom validation before a button action is performed.	After any data validation. Before any action (for example, display new window) has been performed.
DT_CALL_HISTORY	Enables you to change which database view is used by DateTrack History.	After the user has requested to use DateTrack History and the form has derived the standard details. Before the DateTrack History window is visible.
DT_SELECT_MODE	Enables you to restrict the DateTrack modes that a user can select.	After the form has derived which DateTrack modes are available but before the mode selection window is visible.
NAVIGATE	Enables you to supplement the validation that takes place when the user selects a task flow navigation option. The following field values are set for the duration of this event: CTL_GLOBALS.DESTINATION_FORM CTL_GLOBALS.DESTINATION_BLOCK	After the user selects a task flow navigation option but before the new window opens.

Publicly Callable Business Process APIs in Oracle HRMS

Application Programmatic Interfaces (APIs) are a logical grouping of all external process routines. The Oracle HRMS API strategy delivers a set of PL/SQL packages procedures and functions that provide an open interface to the database.

Oracle® Integration Repository, an integral part of Oracle E-Business Suite, is a compilation of information about the numerous interface endpoints exposed by Oracle applications. The full list of public APIs and the purpose of each API is available in the integration repository. See: Oracle Integration Repository Overview, Oracle Integration Repository User Guide

For information on how to access and use Oracle Integration Repository, see: Accessing Oracle Integration Repository, Oracle Integration Repository User Guide

For information on how to call APIs, see the technical essay APIs in Oracle HRMS, Oracle HRMS Implementation Guide

APIs Available for HR Foundation Users

Application Programmatic Interfaces (APIs) are a logical grouping of all external process routines. The Oracle HRMS API strategy delivers a set of PL/SQL packages procedures and functions that provide an open interface to the database.

Oracle® Integration Repository, an integral part of Oracle E-Business Suite, is a compilation of information about the numerous interface endpoints exposed by Oracle applications. The full list of public APIs and the purpose of each API is available in the integration repository. See: Oracle Integration Repository Overview, Oracle Integration Repository User Guide

HR Foundation users can only use restricted parameters in some APIs. The integration repository provides information on the restricted parameters. For information on how to access and use Oracle Integration Repository, see: Accessing Oracle Integration Repository, Oracle Integration Repository User Guide

For information on how to call APIs, see the technical essay APIs in Oracle HRMS, Oracle HRMS Implementation Guide

Providing Alternate Pay Dates

You specify pay dates (check dates) when you define your payroll. The default pay date is the day on which the pay period ends. If your agency issues its checks later than the pay period, you can enter an offset, the number of days that elapse between the end of the pay period and your pay date. For previously defined payrolls, you can change the pay dates you maintain in Oracle HRMS by running the Check Date Setup process.

See: Defining Pay Dates, Oracle HRMS Compensation and Benefits Management Guide

If you do not use the Oracle HRMS Payroll window to maintain your pay period dates and pay dates, you can have the application call a user hook GHR_AGENCY_GENERAL to return the pay dates from your code.

The following table includes the information that the application supplies.

User Hook information	Values
File name	GHR_AGENCY_GENERAL
Package name	ghagngen.pkg
Function names	get_agency_check_date get_agency_last_check_date
Input Parameters	Person_id, Assignment_id, Effective_Date, Payroll_id

The effective date is the pay period end date. Your code returns the pay date for that pay period. For example, for a pay period running from November 1 to November 15, the application uses November 15 as the effective date. If you maintain a pay date offset of four days, your code returns a pay date of November 19.

The user hook includes two functions:

• get_agency_check_date supplies the pay date as of the effective date (the pay period end date)

• get_agency_last_check_date returns the last pay date that falls in same calendar year as the effective date

  For example, if the pay period runs from December 10 to December 24, and your pay date offset is four days, you would return December 28 as the last pay date for the calendar year. The application uses this last pay date as a basis for de-enrolling employees from TSP Catch-up at the end of the year.

Info Online Links to Information Provider Websites

Info Online Links to Information Provider Web Sites

Info Online is a generic framework to integrate Oracle Applications with partner applications. Info Online enables users to access information from third-party providers and integrations. Once the links have been enabled, users can access an information provider web site directly from a button or link on an Oracle HRMS window or self-service web page. Depending on the level of configuration available, the link can lead directly to a page relevant to the window or even the record on which the user is working.

For example, someone entering tax information might access a web site providing up-to-date information on tax regulations, or an administrator looking at benefit details for an employee could open a web page providing documentation for that employee's benefit plan.

Note: Info Online was previously known as the Knowledge Integrator.

See: Accessing Information Provider Web Sites

See: Integration between Oracle HRMS Products and Information Providers

Accessing Information Provider Web Sites

Oracle HRMS supports two versions of Info Online. The HR: KI Framework Version profile option value identifies the Info Online version.

Info Online Version 1

If the system administrator sets the profile to Version 1, users can access:

• RIA (Research Institute of America) through the user interface for some payroll forms

• Authoria, a provider of health insurance and compensation information, through links on some Benefits self-service web pages

• My Oracle Support (formerly Oracle Metalink), Oracle's support web site, though the Info Online button from the user interface

Info Online Version 2

If the system administrator sets the profile to Version 2, users can access:

• My Oracle Support and iLearning on self-service web pages in which the content container has been included

• Transcentive through the menu link from the professional user interface and self-services pages, after completing the setup steps.

• Enwisen through Oracle HRMS products after completing the setup steps

• Any other information provider with whom your enterprise has an agreement.

Accessing Information Providers from Oracle HRMS Interface

Info Online Button on Oracle HRMS Windows

Once the system administrator enables the links between Oracle HRMS and the information provider pages, users access information provider web sites from the user interface by clicking the Info Online button on the Oracle HRMS toolbar, or by selecting Tools > Info Online from the menu (Shift+Control+F7). This button is enabled in windows for which information provider links have been configured and enabled.

Note: Shift+Control+F7 is the key sequence currently mapped to Function 7. Choose Help -> Keyboard on the menu to determine the actual key combination. The Oracle Forms Deployment Guide explains how to change this key assignment in the Oracle Terminal resource file fmrweb.res.

Clicking the Info Online button first opens a list of values, displaying a list of links to any information provider web sites that are enabled for the current window. When the user selects a value from the list, a browser window opens at the appropriate page.

If the user chooses the Info Online button from a window for which no links to information provider web sites are enabled, no list of values appears.

Users can control the behavior of the Info Online button using the Open in New Window option on the Tools menu. When this option is checked, each new search opens in a new browser window. This option allows users to compare results from different queries side by side, but the windows remain open until the user specifically closes them. When this option is unchecked, the page appears in the last browser window opened.

Info Online Content Container on the Oracle HRMS Products' Pages

Users access information provider web sites from the self-service web pages either through links on Benefits pages or through the Info Online content container. The list of applicable topics and providers appear alphabetically in the content container. See: Info Online Content Container

Integration between Oracle HRMS Products and Information Providers

Information Providers

Integration is available between Oracle HRMS and the following information providers:

My Oracle Support

My Oracle Support web site provides access to the latest product information, discussion forums, bug fixes, and patch information for Oracle HRMS, as well as enabling users to contact Oracle Support. Integration is available for all Oracle HRMS windows in the user interface in KI Framework Version 1 and for self-service web pages which include the content container in KI Framework Version 2. This integration is available for all legislations.

See My Oracle Support Note 229585.1 for details of how to set up links from Oracle HRMS to My Oracle Support pages.

Authoria HR

Integration is available between a number of Oracle Advanced Benefits windows and self-service pages and the third-party product Authoria HR in KI Framework Version 1. This integration is available for UK and US legislations. See: Links to Authoria HR, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

Also see My Oracle Support Note 215637.1 for details of how to set up links from Oracle HRMS to Authoria HR pages.

RIA PCP on Checkpoint

Integration is available between Oracle HRMS US tax windows and third-party information provider RIA's Payroll Compliance Pro on Checkpoint in KI Framework Version 1. This integration is available for US legislations.

See My Oracle Support Note 148468.1 for further details of how to set up links from Oracle HRMS to RIA PCP on Checkpoint.

Transcentive

Integration is available between Oracle HRMS windows and Transcentive, a third-party compensation management solutions provider, in KI Framework Version 2. This integration is available for all legislations.

See My Oracle Support Note 294453.1 for further details of how to set up links from Oracle HRMS to Transcentive.

iLearning

Oracle iLearning is an enterprise learning management system that prescribes, delivers and tracks learning, and monitors and manages the learning process. Integration is available between the Rapid Implementation Workbench web pages and Oracle iLearning in KI Framework Version 2.

See My Oracle Support Note 294453.1 for further details of how to set up links from the Rapid Implementation Workbench web pages to Oracle iLearning.

Enwisen

Integration is available between Oracle HRMS products and Enwisen, a third-party information provider.

See: Info Online Links to Enwisen from Oracle iRecruitment Pages, Oracle iRecruitment Implementation and User Guide

See: Info Online Links to Enwisen from Oracle Performance Management Pages, Oracle Performance Management Implementation and User Guide

See: Info Online Links to Enwisen from Oracle SSHR Pages, Oracle Self-Service Human Resources Deploy Self-Service Capability Guide

See: Info Online Links to Enwisen from Oracle Time and Labor Pages, Oracle Time and Labor Implementation and User Guide

See: Configuring Links between HRMS Products and Enwisen, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

See: Oracle white paper Integrating Oracle Applications with Partner Applications on Oracle My Oracle Support Note 294453.1 for further details of how to set up links from Oracle HRMS to Enwisen.

Info Online Content Container

The Info Online content container is an ancillary region that appears on self-service web pages. Topics and providers appear as an alphabetical list of links in the content container.

On clicking a topic, the list of providers who provide content for the topic appears in a new web page. If only one provider exists for the selected topic, the single provider's page opens immediately.

Users can also select a provider from the list in the content container, and view a list of topics offered by that provider.

The More link appears when the number of topics or providers exceeds a predefined limit. The limit of topics or providers is set in the HR: KI Maximum Topics and Integrations profile. If no limit is set, the More link appears when the number of topics or providers exceeds 3. On clicking the More link from the topics or providers region, the complete set of topics or providers appears in a new page.

Configuring Links between Oracle HRMS Products and Information Providers

You can configure links between Oracle HRMS products and information providers to enable users to access content on information provider web sites.

Note: The information that your workforce can access on the information provider web site depends on the agreement with the information provider.

To configure links between Oracle HRMS products and information providers

1. Setting Profiles Options

   Set the following profile options to set up links between Oracle HRMS and any information provider web sites:

   • HR: KI Framework Version

   • HR: Extension Agent Enabled

   • HR: Extension Agent Client Timeout

   Setting the following additional profile options is optional if you are setting up links between Oracle HRMS and any information provider web sites:

   • HR: Extension Agent

   • HR: Info Online: Open in New Window

   • HR: Info Online: Toolbar Icon

   • HR: KI Maximum Topics and Integrations

   • HR: Servlet Timeout

   • HR: KI Providers Enabled

   • HR: KI Topics Enabled

   • HR: KI User Options Enabled

   Additional required and optional profile options exist for individual information providers. See: User Profiles

2. Configure links to information providers

   After you configure Info Online, you can access configured partners in self service pages through the Info Online content container and in forms through the Info Online icon. You can also access configured partners as a menu link.

   For more information on configuring links to information providers, see: Oracle white paper Integrating Oracle Applications with Partner Applications on My Oracle Support Note 294453.1

3. Display the Info Online content container, if hidden by default

   The links to information providers are available in the Info Online content container on the Oracle HRMS products' pages. If the content container is hidden by default, then use the Personalization Framework functionality to display the content container on the appropriate applications pages.

Link Windows (Task Flow)

Task Flow

You can link windows used to complete tasks in a task flow. Then, you can choose a button to bring up each window in turn without returning to the menu.

The first window in the task flow defines the context of the subsequent windows. For example, if the task flow begins with the People window, all subsequent information is entered for the person you enter or query in the People window.

You can include configured windows in task flows. For example, you might create a version of the People window that handles applicants only. You could then use this window in a recruitment task flow. Or you might configure a People Management template and add task flow buttons to provide access to other windows.

Using Forms or Workflow

There are two methods you can use to create and maintain your task flows:

• Using Forms

• Using Oracle Workflow

You can model your task flows using Oracle Workflow (version 2.0.3.8.1 or higher) then generate a task flow. This method of creating task flows has the advantage of using a diagrammer to help you design the sequence of windows.

Caution: Do not use apostrophes or "%" symbols in task flow names or task flow node names.

Sequential or Branched Structure

Task flows can follow a sequential or a branched structure, as shown in the following two figures. You can choose how many navigation options users have from each window in the task flow. You can also choose the labels that appear on the navigation buttons, and you can define access keys.

Sequential Task Flow

Branched Task Flow

Predefined Task Flows

Oracle HRMS supplies several predefined task flows that include all the windows that you can use in task flows. They are designed as a simple structure to use during implementation, not as a recommended structure for users.

Predefined task flows are translated into your base language when you install Oracle HRMS. However, if you install an additional language, you need to create new versions of your task flows in that language. You can then link these to the correct menu for the language.

When you install a new version of Oracle HRMS, any changes you have made to the standard task flows supplied by Oracle are removed.

Important: If you have made any changes to standard task flows, you will need to recreate them in each new version of the software. It is therefore recommended that if you wish to make changes to task flows, you do so by copying a standard task flow and making changes to the copy.

Transferring Task Flows Between Databases

You can transfer a task flow you have created using Forms or Workflow from one database to another; for example, to add new task flows you have created in a test database into your production database. You do this by saving the task flow from the first database to a file, then importing the file to the second database. See Transferring Task Flows.

Legislation-specific Task Flows

When installing Oracle HRMS, you can install only global task flows and task flows specific to the legislation you have installed.

Note: This does not include US- and UK-specific task flows, which are installed with all legislations.

When defining a new task flow, you must specify that the task flow is global or that it is specific to a legislation you have installed.

See Defining Task Flows

Note: Task flows created by converting from Oracle Workflow are always global.

When downloading task flows, you can download only global task flows and task flows specific to the legislation(s) you have installed.

See Transferring Task Flows Between Databases

Task Flow Windows

You can create your own task flows by referencing the windows listed in the table below, or configured versions of them. Some of these windows require the context of an assignment. This means that one of the following windows must appear above them in the task flow:

• Assignment window

• Assignments Folder window

• Application window (for applicant assignments)

• a People Management template window that identifies assignments

All task flows must begin with one of the following windows:

• A Maintenance window created from a People Management template

• People and Assignment (PERWSHRG)

• People (PERWSEPI)

• People Folder (PERWSFPE)

• Assignments Folder (PERWSFAS)

• Assignment (PERWSEMA)

• Job (PERWSDJT)

• Position (HRWSPSF)

• Position (non HRMS users) (PERWSDPO)

• Location (PERWSLOC)

• Collective Agreements (PERWSDCA)

• Tax Balance (PAYUSTBA)

Note: If you are not using People Management templates, use the combined People and Assignment form (PERWSHRG), rather than the separate forms (PERWSEPI and PERWSEMA), to allow the Assignment window to open more quickly from the People window. We recommend that you use the combined form in any task flow that requires both windows. The predefined task flows use the combined form.

Windows You Can Use in Task Flows

Window	Context Required
Absence Detail	Person (employee)
Address	Person
Adjust Balances (Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Agreement and Grade Results	Assignment (employee)
Allocated Checklists	Person (employee, applicant, or contingent worker) / Assignment
Applicant Interview	Assignment (applicant)
Application	Person (applicant)
Assignment	Person (employee)
Assignment Budget Values	Assignment
Assignments Folder	None
Assignment Rates	Assignment (contingent worker)
Belgian Tax Information (Belgian legislation only)	Assignment (employee)
Beneficiaries (US legislation only)	Element entry
Book Events	Person (employee or applicant)
COBRA (US legislation only)	Assignment (employee)
Communication Delivery Methods	Person
Competence Profile	Person
Contact	Person
Contract	Person
Costing	Assignment (employee)
Covered Dependents (US legislation only)	Element entry
Disability (global and selected legislations)	Person
Documents of Record	Person
Element Entries	Assignment (employee)
Employee Review	Assignment (employee)
Employee Tax Rules (US Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Employment Declaration (Australian legislation only)	Assignment (employee)
End Placement	Person (contingent worker)
External/Manual Payments (Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Extra Assignment Information	Assignment (employee or applicant)
Extra Job Information	Job
Extra Location Information	Location
Extra Person Information	Person (employee or applicant)
Extra Position Information	Position
Grade Step Placement	Assignment (employee)
Medical Assessment (global and selected legislations)	Person
P45 (UK Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
People Folder	None
People	None
People Management template Maintenance window	None
Performance	Assignment (employee)
Person Type Usage	Person
Personal Payment Method	Assignment (employee)
Phone Numbers	Person
Picture	Person
Position	None
Position Occupancy	Position
Previous Employment	Person
Qualifications	Person
QuickPay (Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Reverse Payroll Run (Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Salary Administration	Assignment (employee)
Salary History	Assignment (employee)
Schools and Colleges (Establishment Attendances)	Person
Secondary Statuses	Assignment
SOE Report (UK Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Special Information	Person
Statement of Earnings (Australian and New Zealand legislations)	Assignment (employee)
Statutory Details (UK Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Supplementary Roles	Person
Terminate	Person (employee)
Terminate Applicant	Person (applicant)
View Element Entry History	Assignment (employee)
View Employee Accruals (US legislation only)	Assignment (employee)
View Employee Benefits (US legislation only)	Assignment (employee)
View Employee Earnings & Deduction Balances (US Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
View Employee Tax Balances (US Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
View SOE (US Oracle Payroll)	Assignment (employee)
Work Choices (Job or Position)	Job or Position
Work Choices (Person)	Person
Work Incident (global and selected legislations)	Person

Including the Assignment Window

When users move down a task flow from the combined People and Assignment form, the Assignment window remains visible in the background. They can return to the Assignment window by closing their current window. Therefore you should not define a button to call the Assignment window.

However, if you are defining a task flow to the Assignment window from any window except the People window, you should use the Assignment form (PERWSEMA). In this case you can add an Assignment button to any forms below the Assignment window in the task flow. This enables users to return to the Assignment window without going back to the top window.

Task Flow (Oracle Workflow)

As an alternative to using forms to set up and maintain task flows, you can model your task flows using Oracle Workflow (version 2.0.3.8.1 or higher) then generate a task flow. This method of creating task flows has the advantage of using a diagrammer to help you design the sequence of windows.

Note: When you create a task flow using Oracle Workflow, you must continue to maintain it using Oracle Workflow. You cannot edit a generated task flow using the Define Task Flow form.

Oracle HRMS supplies the HR Task Flow item type and a function activity for every window that can be task flowed. You model these into a workflow process for each task flow. By setting activity attributes, you create button labels and the position of buttons on each window.

Key Rules

There are two key rules in defining task flows:

• Only certain windows are valid first windows (or top nodes) in a task flow. To check which windows are valid first windows, check the lookup types using Oracle Workflow Designer.

  When you create a workflow process to model your task flow, your Start activity must connect to the Top Node Selector activity. This activity ensures that your first window is valid.

• Each window in a task flow can only be connected to a window that supplies the correct context.

  For example, the Position Occupancy window requires the context of a position, while the Qualifications window requires the context of a person. Each workflow activity supplied for a window has its Result Type set to a lookup type that defines the context that must be passed to it. For example, the F4 Enter Address window has the Result Type set to Person Context Windows. This means it must be given the context of a person.

  Task flows are associated with one of the following contexts:

  • Assignment

  • Element Entry

  • Job

  • Location

  • Request for Personnel Action (US Federal HR)

  • People

  • Position Description (US Federal HR)

  • Position

  • Top node HRMS windows

Creating Task Flows Using Forms

Complete the following steps to create task flows using forms:

1. Define Task Flow Nodes

2. Define Task Flows

   You can also complete these optional steps, if required:

3. Copy an Existing Task Flow

4. Add a New Window to an Existing Task Flow

5. Amend the Navigation of a Task Flow

Defining Task Flow Nodes

Each form in a task flow is a node. There are predefined nodes for every form that you can include in a task flow. However, if you create a configured version of one of these forms, you must create a node for the configured version before you can include it in a task flow.

Tip: If you want to use a configured form as the first node in a task flow you should define this as a new node.

You could add both the task flow and the configured form as arguments to a single menu function but this may be more difficult to maintain.

You create nodes in the Define Task Flow Nodes window.

To create a task flow node

1. Enter a name for the node. You select this name when you create a task flow containing the node. It is not visible to users.

   Caution: Do not use apostrophes or "%" symbols in the node name.

2. Select the name of the form that you configured. Leave the Block field blank.

3. Select the name of the configured version of the form that you created.

4. Save the new node.

Defining Task Flows

You define task flows in the Define Task Flow window. If there is a similar existing task flow, you can copy it to form the basis of your new flow.

Tip: When defining the navigation buttons in your task flows:

• Do not define long sequences where you cannot go back to the previous step

• Use the same button names for the same nodes

• Use different button names for configured nodes

Before you can include the task flow in a menu, you must define a new menu function for the first form in the task flow with the following argument in the Parameters field:

WORKFLOW_NAME = "task flow name"

To define a new task flow

1. Enter a name for the task flow and save it.

   Caution: Do not use apostrophes or "%" symbols in task flow names.

   Note: Do not choose the Convert button. This is provided only for converting task flows you created in Oracle Workflow. See: Creating Task Flows Using Workflow

2. Select a legislation for the task flow from the list of values, or leave the legislation field blank to create a global task flow.

3. In the Node block, select the name of the node that you want to be the first form in the task flow.

4. For this node, select the Top Node check box.

5. Create a new record in the Node block and select another node. You must create all the nodes for the task flow before you can begin entering the navigation paths between them.

6. In the Navigation Options region, for each node, select the other nodes to which you can navigate.

7. Enter a sequence number to determine the order in which the navigation options appear as buttons (from left to right) along the base of the window or as options in a navigation list.

8. Select the Button check box for the navigation options that should appear as buttons. There is a limit on the number of buttons that can appear on each form. This number varies from form to form.

   The other options are displayed in a navigation list when the user chooses a button labelled Others. Or, if there is only one other option, this form displays when the user chooses a button labelled Next.

9. There is a default label that appears on buttons or in the navigation list for every form. You can override this with your own label.

   If the label in the Define Task Flow window appears blue, this is the default value. It is a dynamic default: if the seeded value changes (for example, as the result of an upgrade), the label will be updated automatically in all task flows where it has not been overridden.

   If the label appears black, the default value has been overridden. To re-inherit the default label, clear the field.

10. To define an access key (or keyboard shortcut) for a navigation option, precede the appropriate letter in the label with an ampersand (&). For example, to use ALT+P (in the Microsoft Windows environment) as the access key for the Picture window, enter the label &Picture.

    Note: Do not use the following letters, as they are used on the Oracle Applications menu: A, E, F, G, H, Q, S, W.

    There is no validation to prevent the same letter being used more than once for a group of buttons.

11. Save the task flow.

Copying an Existing Task Flow

To copy an existing task flow

1. Query the existing flow and choose the Copy To button.

2. Enter the name of the new task flow and choose OK.

3. Query your new task flow and edit it as required.

Adding a New Window to an Existing Task Flow

You can use the Define Task Flow window to add a new window, using its node name, to an existing task flow. If you have already used the window in the task flow you only have to amend the navigation, see: Amending the Navigation of a Task Flow

Note: If you have created a task flow using Oracle Workflow, you must continue to maintain it using Oracle Workflow. You cannot edit a generated task flow using the Define Task Flow window.

To add a new window to an existing task flow

1. Query the task flow you want to amend in the Name field.

2. In the Node block, enter the window's node name.

3. Save your changes.

   You must now include the node in the navigation path for the task flow.

4. Select the existing node you want the new node to be accessed from in the Node block.

5. Enter the new node`s details in the Navigation Options region and edit the existing navigation path as required. For information about how to set up the Navigation Options region refer to steps 5 to 9 in "To define a new task flow".

Amending the Navigation of a Task Flow

Use the Define Task Flow window to amend the navigation of a task flow.

To amend the navigation of a task flow

1. Query the task flow for which you want to amend the navigation in the Name field.

2. Select the node name in the Node block.

3. Edit the existing navigation path in the Navigation Options region, as required. For information on the Navigation Options refer to steps 5 to 9 in To define a new task flow.

Generating a Task Flow From Oracle Workflow

After modeling a task flow in Oracle Workflow and saving it to the database, you must generate task flow definitions.

Use the Define Task Flow window from the HRMS application.

To generate a task flow from Oracle Workflow

1. Query the task flow(s) you have created and choose the Convert button.

2. Choose OK to convert the task flows from Oracle Workflow.

   Oracle HRMS indicates how many task flows have been successfully converted. If any task flows have not been converted, these are identified and are not saved to the database. You must correct the errors then verify, save and regenerate the task flows again.

   Note: Having modeled a task flow in Oracle Workflow, you cannot edit it using the Define Task Flow window. You must make any edits using Oracle Workflow, save it and then regenerate the task flow definitions.

Creating Task Flows Using Workflow

Complete the following steps to create task flows using Oracle Workflow:

1. Create a Top Level Process

2. Create Sub Processes

3. Create Button Labels

4. Position Button Display

   Combined People and Assignment Form Only

   If you are creating task flows using the combined People and Assignment form, you have an additional step to perform:

5. Identify Windows or Blocks to Display

   Configured Versions of Forms Only

   If you have created a configured version of a form, you have an additional step to perform:

6. Identify Configured Forms to Include in the Task Flow

   All Forms

7. Verify and Save the Workflow

8. Generate a Task Flow From Oracle Workflow

Creating a Top Level Process

You must define a top level process for each task flow. The top level process can contain sub processes, but not any other top level processes.

A top level process must have a Top Node Selector activity. This ensures that the first window in a task flow is a valid top node window. All windows that can be a top node are defined within the Top Node HRMS Context Windows lookup type.

The Top Node Selector must have two transitions. The first transition must go to the Top Node activity and its value must be the window activity name. The second transition must be <Default> and go to the end activity.

You use the Process Diagrammers within Oracle Workflow to create your task flows. You do this by adding and connecting the windows you want to appear.

To create a top level process

1. Enter a unique internal and display name for the new process for the HR Task flow item type.

   Tip: Use a naming convention for Internal and Display names. For example, a good internal name might be POSITION_DETAILS_TL with a Display name of Position Details (Top Level).

2. Define the process as runnable.

3. Open the Process Diagrammer window and add one Start activity and at least one End activity.

4. Add a Top Node Selector activity. The Start activity must connect to the Top Node Selector activity.

5. Connect the Top Node Selector to the End activity with a <Default> transition result value.

6. Add the Top Node window.

7. Connect the Top Node Selector to the Top Node window, specifying the name of this window activity as the transition result value.

8. Connect the Top Node window to the End Activity with a <Default> transition result value.

9. Add other windows to the process, noting the following rules:

   • A window can only connect to another window where the result type is the same (such as, both Person Context windows).

   • The transition result value must be the name of the window activity you are connecting to (for example, F4 Enter Assignment).

   • Each window can only connect once to any other window.

   • Each window must be connected to the Top Node window with a <Default> transition result value.

   • You can connect a window back to its parent using the <Parent> transition result value, rather than the name of the parent window.

Creating Sub Processes

You can group a logical set of task flow windows into a sub process, which can then be used by several top level processes. This simplifies process modelling. Each sub process can contain other sub processes. There are two rules to note regarding sub processes:

• A sub process cannot be defined as runnable.

• When you use a sub process in another process, you must connect the sub process to the Top Node window.

To create sub processes

1. Enter a unique internal and display name for the new process for the HR Task flow item type.

   Tip: Use a naming convention for Internal and Display names. For example, a good Internal name might be ASSIGNMENT_DETAILS_SL with a Display name of Assignment Details (Sub Level)

2. Define the process as NOT runnable.

3. Specify a user defined result set as a Process Result Type if the sub process requires more than one result value.

4. Open the Process Diagrammer window and add one Start activity and at least one End activity

   Because a process can have more than one result value, many End activities may be required. At least one End activity is required to indicate that the process must connect back to the Top Level node window.

5. Connect the Start activity to another window.

   Note: The Start activity can connect to one window only.

6. Add other windows to the process, noting the following rules:

   • A window can only connect to another window where the result type is the same (such as, both Person Context windows).

   • The transition result value must be the name of the window activity you are connecting to (for example, F4 Enter Assignment).

   • Each window can only connect once to any other window.

   • Each window must connect to an End Activity with a <Default> transition result value.

   • You can connect a window back to its parent using the <Parent> transition result value, rather than the name of the parent window.

Creating Button Labels

You can enter the label you want to appear on the task flowed forms, for example, Photo (for the Picture window). Each task flow window activity has an attribute called Button Label. Use this attribute to override the default button label for a window and to define an access key (or keyboard shortcut).

To create button labels

1. Display the process in the Oracle Workflow Process Diagrammer.

2. Select the activity by choosing Edit - Properties. (You can also double click on Edit - Properties to select it).

3. Select the Attribute Values tab frame.

4. Enter the label you want to appear on the forms.

   Precede the appropriate letter in the label with an ampersand (&) to define an access key. For example, to use ALT+P (in the Microsoft Windows environment) as the access key for the Picture window, you could enter the label &Photo.

Positioning Button Display

You can position the display order of buttons on the form. For example, you might want the first button to display the Picture window.

The number of task flow navigation buttons that can be displayed on a window varies from window to window. If there are too many navigation options for them all to appear as buttons, the last button on the window is called Other and it displays a list of values containing the other navigation options.

You determine the navigation options available from a window by defining transitions to other windows in the Process Diagrammer. Now you can use the activity attributes Display Button 1..4 to specify which navigation options should display as buttons and the order in which they should appear.

To position buttons

1. Display the process in the Oracle Workflow Process Diagrammer.

2. Select the activity by choosing Edit - Properties. (You can also double click on Edit - Properties to select it).

3. Select the Attribute Values tab frame.

4. Enter the name of the window you want to display on the button for the Display Button 1 attribute.

   For example, if you want the first button to display the Picture window, enter F4 Enter Picture. If the window is the parent window then you can specify the <Parent> special connection value.

5. Repeat step 4 for the attributes Display Button 2 .. 4. If you do not want a button to appear on the window, enter the value <Null>.

   For example, if you only want three buttons to be displayed, enter <Null> as the value for Display Button 4.

Identifying Windows or Blocks to Display

For most task flow forms, you must display the first block of the form on entry. However, when you use the Combined People and Assignment form in a task flow, you must specify whether to display the People window (or block) or the Assignment window on entry.

To identify windows or blocks to display

1. Display the process in the Oracle Workflow Process Diagrammer,

2. Select the window activity by choosing Edit - Properties. (You can also double click on Edit - Properties to select it).

3. Select the Attribute Values tab frame.

4. Enter the name of the block you want to display on entry for the Block Name attribute.

Identifying Configured Forms to Include in the Task Flow

If you have created a configured version of a window, you can use it in a task flow.

To identify configured forms to include in the task flow

1. Display the process in the Oracle Workflow Process Diagrammer.

2. Select the window activity by choosing Edit - Properties. (You can also double click on Edit - Properties to select it).

3. Select the Attribute Values tab frame.

4. Enter the name of your Form Customization for the Customization attribute.

Verifying and Saving the Workflow

When you have completed the task flow definition within Oracle Workflow, use the Workflow Verify function to check that your workflow conforms to Oracle Workflow modeling rules.

When you have successfully verified the Workflow, save it to the HRMS database.

To verify and save the Workflow

1. Choose File - Verify.

   Note: This process does not check that you have created a valid task flow. This check is done when you generate the task flow.

2. Choose File - Save.

Transferring Task Flows Between Databases

You can transfer a task flow you have created in one database (using either Forms or Workflow) into another database; for example, to add a task flow created in a test database to a live database. You do this by exporting the task flow information from the first database to a flat file which you can then import to the second database.

You do this using the Submit Request window.

Important: Before transferring task flows into a database, you must ensure that all windows used by the task flow are present in the database. This includes any versions of windows that you have configured using CustomForm or the People Management Configurator.

To export a task flow to a file

1. Log in to the source database.

2. In the Submit Request window, choose Download HRMS Taskflows from the list of values in the Name field.

3. Enter a name for the file in which to save the task flow in the Data File parameter field. The recommended file extension is .ldt.

   Tip: To avoid having to move the file before importing it to the target database, include the full file path of a location that is accessible to both the source and target databases.

4. To download a single task flow, select the task flow name from the list of values (you can download all task flows for a legislation, or all global task flows, by leaving the task flow field blank).

5. To download task flows for a particular legislation, select the legislation from the list of values. To download global task flows, leave the legislation field blank.

6. Choose OK, then choose Submit, to save the task flow to a flat file.

To import a task flow from a file

1. Log in to the target database.

2. In the Submit Request window, choose Upload HRMS Taskflows from the list of values in the Name field.

3. Enter the name of the file containing the task flow in the Data File parameter field.

4. Choose OK, then choose Submit, to import the task flow to the database.

5. You can now use the task flow in the same way as in your original database.

Configure Windows Using the People Management Configurator

People Management Configurator

You can use the People Management Configurator tool (formerly called Forms Configurator) to design windows that closely meet the business processes of your enterprise. For example, you can design windows to contain the essential information you need to hire a new person. This saves time, reduces errors, and makes data entry and maintenance easier.

Predefined templates are provided with Oracle HRMS. These are examples of windows that have been designed with specific processes in mind. The predefined People Management templates have been created using the People Management window. The example templates use selected items from this window. However, you can select any item from the People Management window when you create your own windows.

See People Management Templates.

Why Use a Predefined Template?

You can create new windows without using a predefined template but we recommend that you use one as a guide for the following reasons:

• The templates have been carefully designed to represent typical business processes and show a good implementation of window design.

• It makes it easier to upgrade to new predefined templates when they become available. When you upgrade a predefined template the system makes the necessary core updates but leaves any changes you have made to the template in place.

What Can I Change On a Template?

When you design a new window using a template, you can:

• Choose which component windows (Summary, Find, Maintenance) of the main window to display, and where they are positioned.

• Choose which window displays first when a user chooses the main window from the navigator.

• Select which tabs, fields, and buttons you want displayed on each window.

• Choose to maintain worker information across business groups.

• Choose where fields are positioned, on which tabs they appear, and the field tabbing order.

• Choose to default values in fields.

• Use formulas to supply additional details about a field or button to be displayed when a user right-clicks on the item.

• Set up context-sensitive fields such as address styles so that the appropriate fields are displayed depending on a value chosen.

• Enable display of DateTrack History on datetracked fields.

• Define data restrictions such as Employees only, Applicants only or Contingent Workers only.

• Set up checklists for users to record the progress of actions. You can add values to the predefined lookups: CHECKLIST_ITEM and CHECKLIST_STATUS.

• Create notification messages for users to send workflow notifications to other people. Some messages are predefined.

Note: The online help reflects the predefined templates. If you configure the forms, you might need to edit the help to reflect the changes you make.

Additional Configuration Options For People Management Templates

A number of user extensible 'custom' fields have been added to the People Management templates which enable you to maintain any data that you cannot currently maintain using the templates (either Oracle E-Business Suite data items or 3rd party/custom data items that are stored within the database). These fields only apply to the People Management window (PERWSQHM form) and are only available on the 'MAINTAIN' block/window (not the summary or Find window).

You can add these custom fields to the People Management Configurator template via the Forms Configurator option. There are a number of different types of fields to accommodate different functional requirements. These fields are :

• Character

• Number

• Date

• Check Box

• List of Values

• List Item

  These additional fields are referred to as items and they can be placed on to the template using the People Management Configurator (see Fields on the People Management Window for further information).

  When you have added the required custom items to the template, it is necessary to use the Custom Library to write the required business rule code and logic for the retrieval, update and validation of each custom item.

  For further information please see the white paper Further Configuration Options For People Management Templates on My Oracle Support (formerly MetaLink).

Setting Up Task Flows To Other Windows

You can add task flow buttons to access other windows from the Maintenance window of your configured window. Create the task flow using Oracle Workflow or the Task Flow windows, then view the window with the buttons in the People Management Configurator.

If you want to reposition or resize the buttons on the window, you need to add the button items to your template using the People Management Configurator, place them in the appropriate positions, set their size, and enter labels for them.

People Management Configurator User Interface

The People Management Configurator tool contains a graphical navigation tree and a set of properties. The navigation tree has been set up in a logical order so that if you follow the tree down from the top, that is the order in which you should complete your tasks. Expand the template name to see the information associated with the template.

You can see what your windows look like on the screen as you make edits to them. You can also preview the windows in your template to test out the fields and tabbing and see how they will appear to the user.

People Management Templates

The predefined People Management templates have been designed to help you create windows that match your business processes. These templates were created from the People Management window using the People Management Configurator. The predefined template windows are available on the Navigator; you can use these without making changes. Alternatively, you can make copies of the predefined templates and modify them to create your own windows, or you can create entirely new templates.

For details of the predefined templates, see Predefined People Management Templates

What Information Is Included In the Templates?

The predefined templates have been designed for generic business processes, such as hiring a person or creating a new applicant. For example, when you go through the hiring process, you typically have to open lots of windows to complete the task. With a template window, all the data can be put together and grouped into logical sections using the tabbed regions.

When an applicant is hired, assignment information from the application is automatically entered on the employee assignment.

Designing Your Own Templates

The People Management window contains all the personal and assignment information, such as LAST_NAME and VACANCY. You use the templates to control what the user can see by only including what you need.

See Fields on the People Management Window for a complete list of all the fields available for you to use when creating People Management templates.

How Many Windows and Tabs Can I Design?

A template can consist of a Find window, Summary window, and Maintenance window. You can modify each of these windows to suit your requirements. You can design as many templates as you require, targeted at different tasks or user groups. For example, for users who only need to review information, you design a template that provides a Summary window. For users who need to update information, you can provide a Maintenance window too.

When you have created a new template, you add it to the Navigator so that your users can access the new windows. For each template, you can set up which window is displayed first. For example, you can specify that choosing People Maintenance from the Navigator displays the Find window first to enable users to find a person. Then they can navigate to the Maintenance window by choosing the Show Details button.

The Find window can contain up to six tabs. One tab has been defined as the Advanced tab but you can use this for another purpose if you want.

The Summary window can contain up to ten tabs. One tab has been defined as the Checklist tab but you can use this for another purpose if you want.

The Maintenance window can contain up to ten tabs, including the Extra Information Types, and Special Information Types tabs. One tab has been defined as the Checklist tab but you can use this for another purpose if you want.

Using Templates to Design Process Based Windows

How Do I Control What Users Can Do With a Template?

Some restrictions are made using the People Management Configurator tool, and others using CustomForm. For example, you use the People Management Configurator to determine the fields, buttons, tabs, and windows available. You can also restrict a template to the Employee, Applicant or Contingent Worker system person types using the People Management Configurator.

You can use CustomForm to:

• Specify the user person types, special information types, and extra information types that users can view or enter

• Specify the actions that users can perform, and the notifications they can send

• Remove fields from the list available for searching on the Advanced Find tab

• Restrict the types of person record users can create using the template: new applicants, employees, contingent workers, applications, employee assignments, or contingent worker assignments.

Important: You must be careful to create consistent restrictions. For example, it would not be consistent to restrict a template to Applicants Only using the People Management Configurator, then add a CustomForm restriction that only allows users to enter new employees or employee assignments.

Benefits of Using Template Windows

Templates provide the following advantages for your users:

• They can find information using the basic and advanced queries on the configurable Find window. You specify which fields appear in this window and in what order.

• They can save result sets to folders for repeated use in future work sessions.

• They can work more quickly if you use the templates to:

  • Hide information they do not need

  • Provide defaults where possible

  • Position fields in logical groups and on tabbed regions

• They can use the checklists to track the status of actions that you have defined as relevant to the template.

Using templates is only one part of making Oracle HRMS specific to your enterprise. You can also sequence windows together in task flows. You can define a Maintenance window to be the top window and provide buttons for navigating directly to other windows while the Maintenance window remains in the background.

People and Assignments in the Data Organizer

The Summary window of the people management templates includes the Data Organizer, which helps you find and organize information about people and assignments.

The Data Organizer can display people organized alphabetically by name, organization, or job. When you expand a person's node in the Data Organizer, you see a list of their employee, applicant, and contingent worker assignments. Assignments do not have names, so you can choose what information appears in this list to help users identify the assignment they want to work with.

By default, assignments are identified as <job>.<organization>, such as Senior Manager.Engineering. However, you can choose any other database items to display in the Data Organizer. The same information appears in the Assignment field that you can display on the Maintenance window.

If you want to override the default, write a formula to return the text to be displayed. See: Writing Formulas for Templates, Oracle HRMS FastFormula User Guide

Defaulting Values in Template Fields

The templates enable you to default values in as many fields as you want. You can make data entry easier for users by defaulting items that frequently take the same value. Where the value is constant, you might set a default and then hide the field from users.

When an applicant is hired, assignment information from the application is automatically entered on the employee assignment.

Defaults from Other Windows

When you set up information for your implementation in Oracle HRMS windows, you can specify that values in some fields are automatically defaulted by the system when the user selects a value in another field. For example, you can set up default information for business groups in the Organization window, so that selecting a business group populates the fields for Location, Working Hours, Frequency, Start Time, and End Time. You can also specify default information in many fields for a position or vacancy in the Positions window and the Requisition and Vacancy window.

If you set defaults for these fields using People Management Configurator, they will be overridden by the automatic defaults set up in these windows.

Defaults in Dependent Fields

Some fields are dependent on other fields, so that when the user enters a value in the main field, they must always enter a value in the dependent field. For example, if the user enters a value for Notice Period, they must enter or select a value for Notice Period Units.

You cannot set default values in the dependent fields.

Information on the fields that are dependent on other fields is included in the list of Fields on the People Management Window

Predefined People Management Templates

Oracle supplies a number of predefined People Management templates. We recommend that you base any new window design on one of these templates.

Note: You can create an entirely new template but there are many issues to be aware of such as upgrading and setting up context-sensitive address styles. Instead, we recommend that you copy a predefined template for your localization and make any changes to that.

Templates are provided for specific localizations. There are also generic templates for you to use if none of the predefined localization-specific templates meet your requirements.

Hiring Applicants Template

This template enables you to create windows for entering an applicant, tracking the applicant up to the point of hire, and hiring the applicant. You can use the Hiring Applicants window for the complete hiring process. You can access both employees and applicants in this template. This enables you to hire applicants and to process internal applicants.

Enter Employees Template

This template enables you to create a Maintenance window for quickly entering details of employees, and their primary assignment. It is restricted to employees only. This window is designed for users who have lots of employees to enter who do not need any applicant history, for example, a one day casual hire.

You can enter basic personal details such as name, date of birth and address as well as assignment details such as job, grade, and salary. The Notify button enables you to send notifications about actions to other people.

Maintain Employees Template

Use this template to create windows for entering or maintaining full employee details. It is restricted to employees only. This is very similar to the tasks you would perform using the People window and associated windows.

Enter Contingent Workers Template

This template enables you to create a Maintenance window for quickly entering contingent worker details and their primary assignment. It is restricted to contingent workers only. This window is designed for users who have lots of contingent workers to enter.

You can enter basic personal details such as name, date of birth and address as well as assignment details such as job, supplier, and worker number. The Notify button enables you to send notifications about actions to other people.

Maintain Contingent Workers Template

Use this template to create windows for entering or maintaining contingent worker details. It is restricted to contingent workers only. This is very similar to the tasks you would perform using the People window and associated windows.

Visa Administration Template

This template enables you to create windows for entering information about foreign workers. You can record details about an employee's addresses, contacts and visa details.

HR Foundation Template

The HR Foundation template enables you enter and maintain contingent workers using the HR Foundation responsibility. The HR Foundation template is restricted to contingent workers only and is used for tasks very similar those tasks you would perform using the entering and maintaining contingent workers templates.

Find Window Configuration

There are two parts to a Find window, and you can choose the fields that appear on each:

• Find tabs where users enter their search criteria

• Find Folder where the results of the search are summarized in a one-row-per-record format

Find Folder

In the Find Folder, include fields that will enable users to uniquely identify the records they need. Typically these fields are Full Name, Employee or Applicant Number, National Identifier (such as Social Security Number) and Date of Birth.

Find Tab

Put the fields in which you expect users to search most frequently on the Details Find tab (the tab to display first). To provide fast search results, we recommend that some of the following fields are available for searching:

• Last Name

• Employee Number

• Applicant Number

• National Identifier

• Full Name

Fields that have lists of values also provide good search performance.

The predefined templates include the Effective Date field on the Details tab. You can use this field to change your effective date without using the calendar icon from the toolbar. The effective date determines the lists of values available on fields in the Find window and which records will be returned. If you are going to include this field on the Find window, it is best to place it at the top of the window. This encourages users to set their effective date first, and then select from the appropriate lists of values in the other Find fields. You can include up to six Find tabs.

Advanced Find Tab

You can provide an Advanced Find tab (as one of the six Find tabs) for more complex searches, such as matching ranges of values. To construct an advanced tab you need to include the following fields, where n = 1 to 5:

• Field n Name

  This field enables you to select a field on which to perform an advanced search.

• Field n Condition Code

  This field defines the operator for the search, for example, not equal to, less than, greater than.

• Field n Value

  This field is the value you want to search on.

For example, you could set up the following query, find me all people whose hire date (field name) is less than (condition code) 1-Jan-1999 (value).

You can restrict the fields that users can select in the Field n Name fields using CustomForm. You can therefore remove the ability to search on sensitive or confidential fields.

Security Check Box on Find Window

There is a Security check box on the Find window that defines which people are included in a user's search. To find people from outside your Security profile, you must ensure that the Security check box is enabled and is unchecked. However, they will not be able to view full information for people outside their security profile, and they will not be able to update these records.

If you leave this box unchecked, you must be careful that no confidential information is included in the Results of the Find. We recommend that you always check this check box.

If you do not want users to be able to change the security profile set for the template then you should set the Security check box to the required setting and then hide it, thus preventing users from updating it.

Although the Security check box defines which people are included in a search, it does not define what can be saved from the Find window into the Data Organizer, as this is controlled by the user's security profile. This means that if you have the check box unchecked, your user may find that they cannot save some data that is returned in a query into a folder as it is outside their security access. The Data Organizer is also limited depending on the person type restrictions set up at template level.

If you delete the check box from the search criteria, the results will only display those people from within your Security profile.

The Business Group Field on the Find Window

If you want to use the Business Group field to query and update worker information across business groups, then you must associate a global security profile to your responsibility. If you do not use a global security profile, then you can view the business group of the worker you searched for, but you cannot use the Business Group field in the Find window to search for workers.

SITs, EITs and Other Flexfields in Templates

Maintenance windows in your people management templates can include tabs for entering Special Information Types (SITs) and person and assignment Extra Information Types (EITs).

These tabs must contain a drop down list to enable the user to select the appropriate SIT or EIT to enter. This poplist controls the segments of the flexfield that display. In the People Management Configurator, you select the item Special Information Type List (Special Information), or Extra Information Type List (Extra Info), to enable this poplist.

You select which segments of the flexfield are displayed. Each segment is displayed as a folder form column. At run time, the window displays the appropriate columns with no gaps where segments are not displayed.

Note: You can control which SITs or EITs a user can select in the template by creating a CustomForm restriction that you associate with the template when you add it to a menu.

Segments Using Value Sets

Each segment item for a flexfield has two entries, one called meaning and one called value. The value item is always required as this is where the user would enter or select the information. The meaning item is only used where the user selects a value from a value set. If the value set uses a short meaning and a longer description, you can include the meaning item to display this longer description when the user selects a value.

For example, you may have a segment in a flexfield that records a country of residence. In the value field the user may select a country short code, USA, and in the meaning field the longer description, United States of America, would be displayed.

How Segment Properties Are Derived From Template and Flexfield Definitions

When a user selects an SIT or an EIT type from the list, the item properties for each segment depend on the settings defined for the template and the flexfield:

• Case Restriction, Default Value, Prompt Text, Width

  If these properties are set in the template, these values are used. If not, the values set for the flexfield are used.

• Enabled, Insert Allowed, Update Allowed, Visible

  If the value for these properties is set to Yes on the flexfield, and is set to Yes or blank on the template, then these properties are set to Yes. Otherwise these properties are set to No.

• Required

  This property is set to Yes if it is set to Yes on either the template or the flexfield. Otherwise it is set to No.

Some of the properties rely on other properties being set to appropriate values for them to take effect. For example, if the Required, Insert Allowed, or Update Allowed value are set to Yes, this will only take effect if the item is enabled and visible.

Note: These rules apply to all flexfields, not just SITs and EITs.

Positioning Columns in the SIT Folder

We recommend that you place the items Date from (Special info) and Date to (Special info) first in the folder. Then place all of the Special Information Segment n Value items (where n is 1 to 30) onto the tab in consecutive order.

As it is a folder form, you must also include the record indicator for the multi row block. This item is called Current Record Indicator (special info). Make its width 0.1", and make it appear just before the first Date field.

Positioning Columns in the EIT Folder

We recommend that you place all Extra Information segments onto the tab in consecutive order. Assignment EITs are called Assignment Extra Information n Value items (where n is 1 to 30), and person EITs are called Person Extra Information n Value items (where n is 1 to 30).

The actual positioning of the EIT segments on the tab is not important as when the window is accessed by a user the first populated EIT segment is displayed flush against the current record indicator and all others are lined up against it.

As with the SIT folder, you must include the record indicator for the multi row block. This item is called Current record indicator (Extra info). Make its width 0.1", and make it appear just before the first EIT segment field.

Other Flexfields

You can include user-defined descriptive flexfields (DFs) and developer descriptive flexfields (DDFs) in both the Summary and Maintenance template windows. You can include individual flexfield segments directly in the template window in the same way that you would add normal fields (segment properties are the same as those described for EITs and SITs); alternatively you can include the whole flexfield in a flexfield popup window, by selecting the Flexfield Name Popup item. If you want to include multiple flexfields in your templates, you can include segments from some directly within the template, and add flexfield popup windows for others; however, you cannot include flexfield segments and a popup window for the same flexfield structure.

We recommend that you do not add too many flexfield segments directly to the template as this will impact performance. It is better to include whole flexfields as popup flexfield windows.

Context-Sensitive Fields In Templates

You can set up fields that are context-sensitive in your templates using the People Management Configurator tool. For example, you might want to display the Employee Number field when the selected person is an employee, and the Applicant Number field for an applicant.

You can also use this feature to display the appropriate segments of a flexfield. For example, you set the context to display the appropriate structure of the Personal Analysis Key Flexfield for the selected Special Information Type. You do not have to display the full structure defined in the flexfield. You can hide segments to save space on the template, or for security reasons.

You set up each context as a 'child' item under the main item in the People Management Configurator navigator. For example, if you want Post Code to display in three address style contexts, you define three context items under the Post Code item If you hide the 'parent' items, there will be a blank area of the window when it opens. This area is populated by the context sensitive fields (such as address lines) when the user selects the appropriate context (such as an address style). The fields that are displayed, their position, size, defaults, and all other properties can vary with the context.

If one context is more common that the others, you can set that context as the default in the field where the context is chosen. Then there is no blank area when the window opens, because it contains the fields appropriate to this default context. For example, you might set your local address style as the default so that the appropriate address lines for local addresses are displayed by default.

Online Help Targets for Templates

When you are defining your template you can add your own help target to display a particular help topic in the online help. This will override the default context-sensitive help call of the form.window name.

If you enter a help target for the template this will override the form section of the default help target. The window name will still be appended to this target depending on from which window the user accesses help.

Note: If you define a new help target for your template none of the supplied online help for the template will work. You will have to update your help files to include your new help target.

The window names that can make up the People Management templates are:

• SUMMARY_WINDOW

• FIND_WINDOW

• MAINTAIN_WINDOW

• ACTION_WINDOW

• CREATE_WINDOW

• NOTIFY_WINDOW

For example, the default target that is generated when a user calls help from the Summary window of the Hiring Applicants template is PERWSQHM.SUMMARY_WINDOW. If you have defined a help target of "HIREAPP" for the Hire Applicants template, then when a user calls help from the Summary window the target that is generated is HIREAPP.SUMMARY_WINDOW.

Notification Messages Issued From Template Window

When users choose the Notify button on a template window, they can select a message and a person or role to send it to.

Predefined Messages

The following table shows predefined notification messages. You can create additional messages using Oracle Workflow or delete any that are not relevant to your enterprise.

Display Name	Internal Name
Change of employment for supervisor	SUPERVISOR_JOB_CHANGE
Change of Supervisor	CHANGE_SUPERVISOR
Employee Transfer	EMPLOYEE_TRANSFER
Employee Transfer - Notify Payroll	PAYROLL_INT_HIRE
New Contingent Worker Notification	NEW_CWK
New Hire Notification	NEW_STARTER
New Hire Notification (US)	US_NEW_STARTER
Notify Payroll with New Hire Details	PAYROLL_NEW_STARTER
Probation Period is close to expiry	PROBATION_PERIOD_EXP
Relocation Notification	RELOCATION_NOTIFICATION
Request Security Card	SECURITY
Employee Transfer (US)	US_EMPLOYEE_TRANSFER
Notify Payroll with New Hire Details (US)	US_PAYROLL_NEW_STARTER
Employee Transfer - Notify Payroll (US)	US_PAYROLL_INT_HIRE
Relocation Notification (US)	US_RELOCATION_NOTIFICATION
Visa Expiry Notification to Supervisor	GLB_SUP_VISA_EXP_WARN
Visa Expiry Notification to Employee	GLB_EMP_VISA_EXP_WARN
Visa Expiry Notification to Employee (US)	US_EMP_VISA_EXP_WARN
Visa Expiry Notification to Supervisor (US)	US_SUP_VISA_EXP_WARN

Message Tokens

Notification messages can include the following tokens:

• HIRE_DATE

• FULL_NAME

• PER_EFFECTIVE_START_DATE (Person Effective Start Date)

• TITLE

• FIRST_NAME

• LAST_NAME

• EMPLOYEE_NUMBER

• APPLICANT_NUMBER

• NATIONAL_IDENTIFIER

• ORGANIZATION

• GRADE

• JOB

• POSITION

• PAYROLL

• VACANCY

• SUPERVISOR

• ASG_EFFECTIVE_START_DATE (Assignment Effective Start Date)

• LOCATION

• SALARY

• SALARY_CURRENCY

• PAY_BASIS

• DATE_PROBATION_END

• NPW_NUMBER (Contingent Worker Number)

• START_DATE (Contingent Worker's Start Date)

• SUPPLIER_NAME

• SUPPLIER_REFERENCE

• FF1 - FF5

Creating Additional Tokens

If your messages require additional tokens, you can create a formula that returns up to five outputs that you can use as tokens (FF1 - FF5) in your message text. You create the formula using Oracle FastFormula.

See: Writing Formulas for Templates, Oracle HRMS FastFormula User Guide.

People Management Configurator Options

This section describes the configuration options you can use when designing your template. The options are shown in the order that they appear on the People Management Configurator tool.

Template Properties

Template Code

Displays the internal name for the template. This code in combination with the Legislation uniquely identifies the template. You use this name when adding the window to the user's menu.

Template Name

Specifies the descriptive name of the template.

Enabled

A template can be enabled or disabled. You can only choose the Run Template option from the Tools menu for a template that is enabled and linked to a menu. Disable a template when it is no longer in use.

Legislation

Specifies the legislation of the template. Leave the legislation option blank to create a generic template. The system automatically displays the appropriate legislative version of a template for a user, or the generic version if there is no legislative version that matches the legislation of the user's Business Group.

Description

You can provide a longer description of the template.

Help Target

You can add your own help target to display a particular help topic. This overrides the default context-sensitive help call of the form.window name.

Note: The target you enter here has the name of the window from which you have called help appended to it to form the complete target. For example, if you have defined a help target called HIREPER for your template and you call help from the Summary window, then the help target generated is HIREPER.SUMMARY_WINDOW.

Online Help Targets for Templates

Further Information

Use this Further Template Properties flexfield to enter additional configuration information for the template. For example, for the People Management templates this flexfield enables you to specify which window is displayed first and which person types are allowed.

[ ]

Additional Template Details descriptive flexfield. You can configure this to include additional information.

Window Properties

Window Name

Specifies the name of the selected window. There are three windows available: Summary, Find, and Maintenance

Title

Specifies the title of the window. This name is displayed at the top left of the window.

Height

Sets the height of the window in inches.

Width

Sets the width of the window in inches.

X Position and Y Position

Sets the position of the window using co-ordinates. X sets the horizontal position and y sets the vertical position. Alternatively, you can use the arrow keys to move the window around.

Further Information

Further Window Properties Developer Descriptive flexfield.

Canvas Properties

Canvas Name

Specifies the name of the selected canvas. This is the region of the window where fields and other items appear The canvases available depend on the window you are creating:

• Background Canvases

  The Maintain, Summary, and Find canvases fill in the background of the window. You cannot amend the properties of these canvases.

• Tab Canvases

  The Maintain Tabs, Summary Tabs, and Find Tabs canvases define the area of the window in which you can define tabs.

• Find Results Canvas

  The Find Results canvas defines the area of the window in which you can define the Find Results region.

Visible

Set this to Yes if you want the canvas to be displayed to the user.

Height

Sets the height of the canvas in inches.

Width

Sets the width of the canvas in inches.

X Position and Y Position

Sets the position of the canvas using co-ordinates. X sets the horizontal position and y sets the vertical position. Alternatively, you can use the arrow keys to move the canvas around.

Further Information

Developer Descriptive flexfield.

Tab Page Properties

Tab Page Name

Displays the name of the tab. The tabs available to you depend on the window you are editing:

• Find - The find window has six tabs you can set up for any use.

• Maintain - The Maintain window has ten tabs available. Three tabs have been set up to be used specifically for Extra Information Types (EIT), Special Information Types (SIT), and the checklist.

• Summary - The Summary window has ten tabs available. One tab has been set up to be used specifically for the checklist.

Visible

Set this to Yes if you want the tab to be displayed to the user.

Label

The label appears on the tab and describes the content of the tab.

You can define an access key (or keyboard shortcut) by preceding the appropriate letter in the label with an ampersand (&). For example, to use ALT+P (in the Microsoft Windows environment) as the access key for the Personal Details tab, enter the label &Personal Details.

Do not use the letters A, E, F, G, H, Q, S, or W, as they are used on the Oracle Applications menu. There is no validation to prevent the same letter being used more than once in the same window.

Navigation Direction

Sets the tabbing order for the items in the tab. This can be left to right, or top to bottom.

Further Information

Developer Descriptive flexfield.

Item Properties

Item Name

The item name is the name of the data item or field, such as LAST_NAME, you have currently selected in the People Management Configurator Items branch. Items also include buttons, such as the Actions or Notify button, and flexfield popup windows. If you are working with a predefined template, only the fields used in that template are displayed on the People Management Configurator Items branch. You can add other fields to your template from the window.

See: Adding and Removing Fields on a Template.

Window Name

Displays the window name on which the field is used. You cannot change this property. Each field has an associated window. There are three windows available: Summary, Find, and Maintenance

Tab Page Name

Displays the name of the tab or tabs in the window on which the field is positioned. You can choose a tab by clicking the button next to this field to see the available tab pages you can use.

Visible

Set this to Yes if you want the field to be displayed to the user. If it is set to No, the user cannot see the field but the field and its value are still in use. For example, the Secure check box on the Find window is not visible but the box has been checked. The user cannot see the check box on the window but the security restriction still applies.

Height

Sets the height of the field in inches.

Width

Sets the width of the field in inches.

X Position and Y Position

Sets the position of the field using co-ordinates. X sets the horizontal position and y sets the vertical position. Alternatively, you can use the arrow keys to move the field around.

Enabled

Specifies whether the user can put their cursor into this field. If it is set to No, the user can see the field but cannot do anything to it.

Required

Set this to Yes if you want to make the field mandatory.

Query Allowed

Specifies whether the user can run a query in this field.

Note: This property is ignored in the People Management templates. You can only run queries using the Find window.

Insert Allowed

Specifies whether the user can insert new data in this field. If this is set to No for a field or button then it appears greyed out in the window.

Note: If you set this option to No for a check box then the check box still appears in white on the window. To grey out a check box you must set the Enabled option to No.

Update Allowed

Specifies whether the user can enter information in the field and save it to the database. If this is set to No, the user can enter information but cannot save it.

Note: All fields included on a Summary window are greyed out, irrespective of the settings in the Insert Allowed and Update Allowed fields.

Prompt Text

Defines what text is displayed with the field. It also defines the text displayed for a group of check boxes. You enter text labels for individual check boxes using the Label property (see below).

Prompt Display Style

Specifies where a prompt is displayed for multi-row columns. "First Record" displays a prompt next to the first row. "All Records" displays a prompt next to each row. "Hidden" hides all prompts.

Prompt Text Alignment

Specifies the alignment of the prompt text as Center, Left, Right, End, or Start within the prompt box. Generally has no visible effect.

Prompt Edge

Specifies which edge of the field the prompt is attached to, either Start, End, Top, or Bottom.

Prompt Edge Alignment

Specifies how the prompt is aligned along the selected field edge, either Start, End or Center.

Prompt Edge Offset

Specifies the distance between the field and its prompt, measured in inches.

Prompt Alignment Offset

Use this property to adjust the prompt edge alignment. For example, if the Prompt Edge is Top, the Prompt Edge Alignment is Center and the Prompt Alignment Offset is 0.1, the prompt is centered 0.1 inches from the center of the top edge of the field.

Label

This only applies to buttons or check box items. The label describes the button or individual check box.

You can define an access key (or keyboard shortcut) by preceding the appropriate letter in the label with an ampersand (&). For example, to use ALT+P (in the Microsoft Windows environment) as the access key for the Picture window, enter the label &Picture.

Do not use the letters A, E, F, G, H, Q, S, or W, as they are used on the Oracle Applications menu. There is no validation to prevent the same letter being used more than once in the same window.

Tooltip Text

You can enter text here that displays when the user has the mouse pointer over the field. Use this to provide additional quick help.

Previous Item

Specifies which field is tabbed to next if you tab backwards. This overrides the default tabbing order.

Next Item

Specifies which field is tabbed to next. This overrides the default tabbing order.

Default Value

You can set the default value for the field here. Setting defaults can help save time, provide better control, and reduce errors for the user.

Format Mask

You can apply a format style to number and date type fields so that the format is correct for your users.

Validation Formula

You can set up additional validation using formulas. For example, if you need to validate that an entry has been entered correctly, you can create a validation formula to check the format. Up to five inputs can be passed to the formula but only one message can be returned.

See: Writing Formulas for Templates, Oracle HRMS FastFormula User Guide

Validation Formula Parameters 1-5

Enter the parameters you want to pass to the formula specified in the Validation Formula field.

Information Formula

You can set up additional information for fields using a formula. For example, on the Job field, the user can right click and choose More Information to see related information such as supervisor. Up to five inputs can be passed to the formula but only three outputs can be returned.

See: Writing Formulas for Templates, Oracle HRMS FastFormula User Guide

Information Prompt

Specifies the prompt displayed on the right mouse menu which the user selects to view the information you have defined in the Information Formula.

Information Formula Parameters (1-5)

Enter the parameters you want to pass to the formula specified in the Information Formula field.

Alignment

Defines the alignment of text within the item (left, center, or right).

Case Restriction

Defines what case the text is defaulted to. For example, you can set it to upper case so that all the text entered in the field is upper case.

Bevel

Specifies the appearance of the field border, either RAISED, LOWERED, INSET, OUTSET, or NONE.

Further Information

Opens the Further Item Properties developer descriptive flexfield, where you can enter additional configuration options. For example, for the People Management templates, you can select whether DateTrack History is enabled for datetracked fields.

Fields on the People Management Window

The following table lists all the available fields on the People Management window. Not all of these fields are available on the predefined People Management templates. You can choose which of these fields are displayed on your users' windows by making your own copies of the People Management templates and adding or removing fields.

See Adding and Removing Fields on a Template

Item Title	Windows	Additional Information
Accounting KeyFlex Popup	Maintain	Popup window containing all segments for the Default Expense Account key flexfield
Action	Maintain Summary	Button. If you are updating a worker record that is outside your current business group, then you can perform all actions on that worker record, except the following: Offer to Applicant Hire Applicant Hire Single Applicant Assignment New Application New Assignment Hire Into Job Convert to CWK Enter New Assignment Details
Address Attribute 1-20	Maintain Summary	Segments from the Additional Address Details descriptive flexfield
Address Attribute Category	Maintain Summary	Context for the Additional Address Details descriptive flexfield
Address Attributes Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Additional Address Details descriptive flexfield
Address Date From	Maintain Summary	Field
Address Date To	Maintain Summary	Field
Address Information 13-20	Maintain Summary	Segments from the Address developer flexfields that may have been defined by localization teams
Address Information Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Address developer flexfields
Address Line 1-3	Maintain Summary	Field
Address Type	Maintain Summary	Field
Adjusted Service Date	Maintain Summary	Field
Age	Maintain Summary	Field
Agreed Working Hours	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Alternate First Name	Maintain	Filed avaiable in the Employment Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Alternate Family Name	Maintain	Field Available in the Additional Name Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Annuities	Maintain	Field Available in the GOSI Details tabbed region. This field is available to Saudi users only
Annuities Join Date	Maintain	Field Available in the GOSI Details tabbed region. This field is available to Saudi users only
Applicant Number	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Application Attribute 1-20	Maintain Summary	Segments from the Additional Application Details descriptive flexfield
Application Attribute Category	Maintain Summary	Context for the Additional Application Details descriptive flexfield
Application Attributes Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Additional Application Details descriptive flexfield
Application Date End	Summary	Field
Application Date Received	Maintain Summary	Field
Approved	Maintain Summary	Field
Assignment Attribute 1-30	Maintain Summary	Segments from the Additional Assignment Details descriptive flexfield
Assignment Attribute Category	Maintain Summary	Context for the Additional Assignment Details descriptive flexfield
Assignment Attributes Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Additional Assignment Details descriptive flexfield
Assignment Category	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Employment or Assignment Category
Assignment Effective End Date	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Assignment Effective Start Date	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Assignment Extra Information 1-30	Maintain	Assignment extra information types
Assignment Extra Information Category	Maintain	Context for the Assignment extra information types
Assignment List	Maintain	Drop-down list displaying person's assignments
Assignment Number	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Assignment Rate	Maintain	Assignment rate for contingent workers
Assignment Rate Basis	Maintain	Assignment rate basis for contingent workers
Assignment Rate Currency	Maintain	Assignment rate currency for contingent workers
Assignment Rate Value	Maintain	Assignment rate monetary value for contingent workers
Assignment Sequence	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Assignment Status Type	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Assignment Title	Summary	Field
Assignment Type	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Available For Transfer	Maintain Summary	Field
Background Check Date	Maintain	Field
Background Check Status	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Background Date Check	Find Results Summary	Field
Bargaining Unit Code	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Benefit Group	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Benefit Medical Plan Number	Maintain	Field
Birth Name	Maintain	Field. Hungarian users only
Billing Title	Maintain	Field
Blood Type	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Business Group	Find Summary Maintain	Field. If you want to use the Business Group field to query and update worker information across business groups, you must associate a global security profile to your responsibility. If you do not use a global security profile, you can view the business group of the worker you searched for, but you cannot use the Business Group field to search for workers.
Button 1-5	Maintain	Task flow buttons
Cancel	Find	Button
Change Date	Maintain Summary	Assignment change date
Change Reason	Find Results Maintain Summary	Assignment change reason
Checklist 1-10 Date Done	Maintain Summary	Field
Checklist 1-10 Date Due	Maintain Summary	Field
Checklist 1-10 Item Code	Maintain Summary	Field
Checklist 1-10 Notes	Maintain Summary	Field
Checklist 1-10 Status	Maintain Summary	Field
Citizen Identification Number	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Civil Identity Number	Maintain	Field This field is available to Saudi users only
Civil Identifier	Maintain	Field Available in the Employee Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Civil Status	Find Results Maintain	Field. Finnish users only.
Clear	Find	Button
Collective Agreement	Maintain Summary	Field
Collectively Agreed Grades Id Flex Num	Maintain Summary	Field
Collectively Agreed Grades Name	Maintain Summary	Field
Command Color	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Command Type	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Command Number	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Community Price Category	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Condition of Employment	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian and Danish users only.
Contingent Worker Number	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Contribution Group	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only.
Contract	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Coordinated Benefits Medical Plan Number	Find Results Summary	Field
Coordinated Benefits No Coverage	Find Results Summary	Field
Correspondence Language	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Country	Maintain Summary	Field
Country 1-3	Maintain Summary	Field
Country of Birth	Maintain Summary	Field
CPR Number	Find Results Maintain	Field. Danish users only.
Currency Code	Maintain Summary	Field
Current Employer	Maintain Summary	Field
Current Record Indicator	Find Results Maintain	This indicator must be included in any multi-block records. It shows the currently selected record. There are separate versions of this item on the Maintain window for special information types and extra information types.
Custom Date Text Item 1-10	Maintain	These fields do not correspond to the database column. They are used in a custom library solution. Please refer to the "Additional Configuration Options For People Management" for more details.
Custom Number Item 1-10	Maintain	These fields do not correspond to the database column. They are used in a custom library solution. Please refer to the "Additional Configuration Options For People Management" for more details
Custom Character Text Item 1-10	Maintain	These fields do not correspond to the database column. They are used in a custom library solution. Please refer to the "Additional Configuration Options For People Management" for more details
Custom Checkbox Item 1-3	Maintain	These fields do not correspond to the database column. They are used in a custom library solution. Please refer to the "Additional Configuration Options For People Management" for more details
Custom List Item 1-3	Maintain	These fields do not correspond to the database column. They are used in a custom library solution. Please refer to the "Additional Configuration Options For People Management" for more details
Custom Item with List of Values 1-5	Maintain	These fields do not correspond to the database column. They are used in a custom library solution. Please refer to the "Additional Configuration Options For People Management" for more details
Date Employee Data Verified	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Date From	Maintain	Special information
Date Notice Received	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Date Of Birth	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Date Of Death	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Date Of Receipt Of Death Certificate	Maintain	Field
Date Probation End	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Date To	Maintain	Special information
Datetrack Correction	Maintain	Datetrack radio button
Datetrack Update	Maintain	Datetrack radio button
Default Code Combination Identifier	Find Results	Internal identifier for the assignment's default expense account
Dependant Adoption Date	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Dependant Voluntary Service	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Deployment Factor Attribute 1-20	MaintainSummary	Segments from the Additional Deployment Factor Details descriptive flexfield (Work Choices)
Deployment Factor Attribute Category	Maintain Summary	Context for the Additional Deployment Factor Details descriptive flexfield (Work Choices)
Deployment Factors Attributes Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Additional Deployment Factor Details descriptive flexfield (Work Choices)
Description of Expense Account	Maintain	Description associated with Accounting KeyFlex popup window
Dpf Fte Capacity	Maintain Summary	Deployment factor FTE capacity
Dpf Work Duration	Maintain Summary	Deployment factor work duration
Dpf Work Hours	Maintain Summary	Deployment factor work hours
Dpf Work Schedule	Maintain Summary	Deployment factor work schedule
Duplicate Check	Maintain Maintain Tabs	Button. This can be placed on the main window or the tabs in the Maintain window. If you include this button you must ensure that you have set up a Find window in your template.
E-Post Address	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
Earliest Available Date	Maintain Summary	Field
Education Establishment 1-4 Attended End Date	Summary	Schools information
Education Establishment 1-4 Attended Start Date	Summary	Schools information
Education Establishment 1-4 Full Time	Summary	Schools information
Education Establishment 1-4 Name	Summary	Schools information
Effective Date	Find Maintain	There are separate versions of this element for the Find window and the timeline on the Maintain window
Email Address	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Employee Category	Maintain Summary	Field
Employee Group	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Danish users only.
Employer	Maintain	Field Available in the GOSI tabbed region This field is available to Saudi users only
Employee Number	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Employee Status	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Employment Type	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Establishment	Find Maintain Summary	Field
Expatriate	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Expense Check Send Address	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Extra Information Type List	Maintain	Displays a drop-down list of extra information types.
Family Name	Maintain	Field Available in the Alternate Names and in the Employee Details tabbed region This field is available to Saudi and Kuwaiti users only
Family/Last	Maintain	Field. Chinese users only.
Father Name	Maintain	Field Available in the Alternate Names and in the Employee Details tabbed region This field is available to Saudi and Kuwaiti users only
Father's Alternate Name	Maintain	Field Available in the Additional Name Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Field	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
Field 1-5 Condition Code	Find	Advanced search items
Field 1-5 Name	Find	Advanced search items
Field 1-5 Value	Find	Advanced search items
Find	Find	Button
First Name	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Frequency	Find Results Maintain Summary	Dependent field. Used with Normal Hours.
Full Name	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Full Name Title	Summary	Field
Full / Part Time	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Full Time Equivalent Capacity	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Gender	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Given/First	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Go	Maintain	Button used on timeline to show details as of the effective date entered
GOSI Number	Maintain	Field Available in the GOSI Details region tabbed region This field is available to Saudi users only
Grade Ladder	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Grade	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Grade Point Average	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Norwegian users only.
Grandfather Name	Maintain	Field Available in the Alternate Names and Employee Details tabbed region This field is available to Saudi and Kuwaiti users only
Grandfather's Alternate Name	Maintain	Field Available in the Additional Name Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Governorate	Maintain	Field Available in the Employee Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Group	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Civil tab. Hungarian users only.
Hazards	Maintain	Field Available in the GOSI Details tabbed region. Available in the GOSI Details tabbed region This field is available to Saudi users only
Hazards Join Date	Maintain	Field Available in the GOSI Details tabbed region This field is available to Saudi users only
Hire Date	Maintain Summary	Start Date for Employee
Hukou Location	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Hukou Type	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Hold Applicant Date Until	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Honors	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Hourly Salaried	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Identifier Type	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only.
Identifier Value	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only.
Insurance Occupational Group	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Internal Address Line	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Internal Location	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Job	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Job Status	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Jubilee Status	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Information tab. Danish users only.
Known As	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Labour Union Member	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Last Medical Test By	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Last Medical Test Date	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Last Name	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
1st Last Name	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only.
2nd Last Name	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only.
Level	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
Load Picture	Maintain	Button that enables you to load a digitized picture of the person
Local Department	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Civil tab. Hungarian users only.
Local Sub Department	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Civil tab. Hungarian users only.
Local Unit	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian and Finnish users only.
Location	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Legal Employer	Maintain	Fields Available in the Employment Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Legal Entity	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Danish users only.
Mailstop	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Manager	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Mandate Code	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only.
Mandate Date	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only.
Marital Status	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Middle Names	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Mother's Maiden Name	Maintain	Field. Hungarian users only
Multiple Components	Maintain	Field
National Identifier	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
NI Number	Find Results Maintain	Field. Norwegian users only.
NIF Number	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only
Nationality	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
No Benefit Coverage	Maintain	Field
Normal Hours	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Notice Period Length	Maintain Summary	Field
Notice Period Units	Maintain Summary	Dependent field. Used with Notice Period Length.
Notify	Maintain Summary	Field
Number of Credits	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Norwegian users only.
NUS-2000 Code	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Norwegian users only.
Office Number	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
On Military Service	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Only Current Location	Maintain Summary	Field
Organization	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Organization	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Civil tab. Hungarian users only
Original Date Of Hire	Maintain Summary	Field
Pay Basis	Find Results Maintain Summary	Salary frequency
Pay Proposal Attribute 1-20	Maintain Summary	Segments from the Additional Salary Administration Details descriptive flexfield
Pay Proposal Attribute Category	Maintain Summary	Context for the Additional Salary Administration Details descriptive flexfield
Pay Proposal Attributes Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Additional Salary Administration Details descriptive flexfield
Payroll	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Payroll Period	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Pension Provider	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Danish users only.
People Group	Find	Field
People Group KeyFlex Popup	Find Results Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the People Group key flexfield
People Group Segment 1-30	Find Results Maintain Summary	Segments from the People Group key flexfield
Performance Review Period	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Performance Review Period Frequency	Find Results Maintain Summary	Dependent field. Used with Performance Review Period.
Person Attribute 1-30	Maintain Summary	Segments from the Additional Person Details descriptive flexfield
Person Attribute Category	Maintain Summary	Context for the Additional Person Details descriptive flexfield
Person Attributes Popup	Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Additional Person Details descriptive flexfield
Person Effective End Date	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Person Effective Start Date	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Person Extra Information 1-30	Maintain	Person extra information type
Person Extra Information Category	Maintain	Context for the Person extra information type
Person Information 1-30	Find Results Maintain Summary	Person developer descriptive flexfield. This will only contain records if they have been set up for your legislation.
Person Information Category	Find Results Maintain Summary	Context for the Person developer descriptive flexfield.
Person Information Popup	Find Results Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the Person developer descriptive flexfield.
Person Referred By	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Person Type	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Personal ID	Find Results Maintain	Field. Finnish users only.
Personal Identity Number	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment tab. Hungarian users only
Personnel Group	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Pensioner Registration Number	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment tab. Hungarian users only
Phone Home Date From	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Home Date To	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Home Fax Date From	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Home Fax Date To	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Home Fax Number	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Home Number	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Mobile Date From	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Mobile Date To	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Mobile Number	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Work Date From	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Work Date To	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Work Fax Date From	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Work Fax Date To	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Work Fax Number	Maintain Summary	Field
Phone Work Number	Maintain Summary	Field
Picture	Maintain Summary	Field
Placement Start Date	Maintain Summary	Start date for a contingent worker period of placement
Place of Birth	Maintain	Field. Hungarian users only.
Place of Residence	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
Position	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Position	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Civil tab. Hungarian users only
Postal Code	Maintain Summary	Field
Pre Name Adjunct	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Previous Last Name	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Primary Address	Maintain	Field
Primary Assignment	Find Results Maintain Summary	This check box should always be set to display only when included in a template. When a user wants to change a secondary assignment to a primary they must use the Make Primary Assignment action.
Probation Period	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Probation Unit	Find Results Maintain Summary	Dependent field. Used with Probation Period.
Professional Category	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only.
Projected Hire Date	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Projected Placement End Date	Maintain Summary	Projected end date for a contingent worker period of placement
Project Title	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Proposed Salary	Maintain Summary	Field
Qualification	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Norwegian and Finnish users only.
Rank	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Reason Not Completed	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Receipt Of Death Certificate Date	Find Results Summary	Field
Recruiter	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Recruitment Activity	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Region 1-3	Maintain Summary	Address regions
Regional Membership	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
Region of Birth	Maintain Summary	Field
Registered Disabled	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Rehire Reason	Maintain Summary	Field
Rehire Recommendation	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Religion	Maintain	Field This field is available to Saudi users only
Relocate Domestically	Maintain Summary	Field
Relocate Internationally	Maintain Summary	Field
Relocation Preference	Maintain Summary	Field
Reported Assignment	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Requisition	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Resume Exists	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Resume Last Updated	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Retirement Age	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian and Finnish users only.
Retirement Date	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian and Finnish users only.
Retirement Inquiry Sent	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Salary Basis	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Salary Change Reason	Maintain Summary	Field
Salary Review Period	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Salary Review Period Frequency	Find Results Maintain Summary	Dependent field. Used with Salary Review Period.
Save As	Find	Button
Second Passport Exists	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Secondary E-mail	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
Secure	Find	Check box
Ledger	Maintain	Field
Section	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment tab. Spanish users only.
Show Details	Find Summary	Button
Social Insurance/PHF Contribution Area	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Soft Coded KeyFlex Popup	Find Results Maintain Summary	Popup window containing all segments for the soft coded legislation key flexfield.
Soft Coded Segment 1-30	Find Results Maintain Summary	The soft coded legislation key flexfield holds legislation specific information at the assignment level. The legislation of your Business Group determines which flexfield structure you see.
Social Security Code	Maintain	Field
Social Security Office	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Norwegian users only.
Source Organization	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Social Security Start Date	Maintain	Field. Hungarian users only
Social Security End Date	Maintain	Field. Hungarian users only
Service Completed	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Service Start Date	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Service End Date	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Military tab. Hungarian users only
Shift Work	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Shift Work Type	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Shift Work Type Days	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Source Type	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Social Security Number	Maintain	Fields available in the Employment Details tabbed region. This field is available to Kuwaiti users only.
Special Ceiling Point	Find Results Maintain Summary	Dependent field. Used with Special Ceiling Step.
Special Ceiling Step	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Special Information Segment 1-30	Maintain	Field
Special Information Type List	Maintain	Displays a drop-down list of special information types.
Special Title	Maintain	Field
Speed Dial Number	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Further Details tab. Finnish users only.
SSB Position Code	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Start Date	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Student Status	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Style	Maintain Summary	Address style
Sub Group
Successful	Maintain Summary	Flag indicating whether an application was successful
Suffix	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Supervisor	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Supplier ID For Assignment	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Supplier ID information for a contingent worker
Supplier ID For Worker	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Supplier ID information for a contingent worker
Supplier Name	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Supplier name for contingent worker
System Person Type	Find Results Maintain	Field
System Status	Find Results Summary	Field
Tax Area	Maintain	Field. Chinese Users only.
Tax Effective End Date	Maintain Summary	Field
Tax Effective Start Date	Maintain Summary	Field
Tax Field 1-150	Maintain Summary	Empty items to enable localization teams to configure legislation specific information, such as tax information.
Tax Identification Number	Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment tab. Hungarian users only
Telephone Number 1-3	Maintain Summary	Field
Termination Reason	Maintain Summary	Field
Time Normal Finish	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Time Normal Start	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Timeline Field	Maintain	Drop-down list that enables you to select what data is shown in the timeline
Timeline First	Maintain	Button
Timeline Last	Maintain	Button
Timeline Next	Maintain	Button
Timeline Previous	Maintain	Button
Title	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Town of Birth	Maintain Summary	Field
Town Or City	Maintain Summary	Field
Travel Required	Maintain Summary	Field
Unacceptable Country 1-3	Maintain Summary	Countries in which the person does not want to work
Under 18 Approved	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only
Union Membership	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Danish users only.
Union Occupational Group		Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.
Uses Tobacco	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Vacancy	Find Results Find Maintain Summary	Field
Visit Internationally	Maintain Summary	Field
Work Center	Maintain	Field. Spanish users only
Work Any Country	Maintain Summary	Field
Work Any Location	Maintain Summary	Field
Work Schedule	Find Results Maintain Summary	Field
Work Title	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Norwegian users only.
Working Time Type	Find Results Maintain	Field. This is available on the Employment Information tab. Finnish users only.

Using the People Management Configurator

Use the People Management Configurator to create your own versions of the predefined People Management templates and design windows that match your business processes.

Note: You can also use CustomForm to configure certain windows, including the People Management template windows, by setting access restrictions.

See: Using CustomForm

To configure a template using the People Management Configurator:

1. Write any formulas you require for the template. You can write formulas to:

   • Change the name used to identify assignments.

   • Validate user entries in a field.

   • Provide more information on a field, which the user can access from the right mouse menu when they right-click on the field.

   • Create additional tokens for notification messages.

     See: Writing Formulas for Templates, Oracle HRMS FastFormula User Guide.

2. Open and make a copy of a predefined template using the People Management Configurator, or import an existing template.

   See: Opening and Copying a Template

   See: Importing a Template, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

3. Modify the template to your requirements. You can perform as many of the following tasks as you require to complete your template.

   See: Editing a Template

   See: Adding and Removing Fields on a Template

   See Adding Flexfields to a Template

   See: Defining Checklists

   See: Setting Defaults for Fields in Templates

   See: Setting Up Context-Sensitive Fields in Templates

   See: Setting Up DateTrack History on Fields in Templates

   See: Setting Up More Information on Fields in Templates

4. Review the predefined notifications and create any required new ones using Oracle Workflow.

   See: Notification Messages Issued from Template Forms

5. If appropriate, use CustomForm to restrict the information that appears in the template window, and the actions that users can perform.

   See: Configure a Window With CustomForm

6. Create a form function for the new window, and add the window to a menu or task flow.

   See: Adding a People Management Window to a Menu or Task Flow

7. Preview the form in the People Management Configurator to check properties such as field tabbing sequence and defaults. You can also check whether you are happy with the default position of task flow buttons. If not, you can reposition them in the People Management Configurator.

Opening and Copying a Template

You can use the predefined People Management templates as a basis for designing your own windows. You cannot edit the predefined templates directly, but you can make your own copy of any template and edit the copy. You can then always return to the original template if necessary.

Note: We also recommend that you set up templates in a test area. This avoids any security infringements when you run a template to view the windows you are designing. If the Security check box on the Find window is not selected, you can view summary information in the search results about all the people who meet your search criteria. This may include people outside your security profile.

To open and copy a template

1. In the Navigator, open the People Management Configurator.

2. In the Find Templates window, select the template you want to copy.

3. Choose the Copy button.

4. In the Copy Template window, enter the details for your new template in the Copy To section:

   • Enter a template code and, optionally, a legislation. These must form a unique combination, but you can create several legislative variations using one template code.

     You use the template code when you add the template window to a menu.

   • Enter a descriptive name for the template

   • Choose Yes or No to enable or disable the template. While designing a window, you can choose No so that users cannot display the window.

5. Choose OK. In the Decision window that appears next, choose Yes.

   The Designer (People Management) window is displayed along with a representation of how the template window will appear to the user.

   To make changes to the template, see Editing a Template.

Editing a Template

You can edit a copy of a predefined template to design the layout and content of a People Management window. Use the People Management Configurator tool.

Note: You cannot edit the predefined templates directly. To make a copy of a predefined template to edit, see Opening and Copying a Template

To see a full list of the properties you can set for templates, windows, canvases, tab pages, and items, see: People Management Configurator Options.

To edit a template

1. In the Find Template window, select the template you want to edit and choose Edit.

   The Designer window of the People Management Configurator tool is displayed, showing a navigation tree for the items on the template. When you select something in the navigator, its properties are shown in the bottom half of the window. A representation of each window in the template form as it will appear to the user is also displayed behind the Designer.

2. Review the template properties and edit as required. Click in the Further Information field (a predefined descriptive flexfield) if you want to:

   • Restrict the template to handling applicants, employees or contingent workers only.

   • Specify which windows (Summary, Maintenance and Find) are included in the template, and which one displays first.

3. Click the + symbol next to the template name (top node in the navigator) to expand the node and display Windows and Items.

4. Expand Windows to display details of the windows in the template.

5. Expand each window to display the canvases and tab pages it contains, then expand the canvases and tab pages to specify the properties of each.

   For example, you can specify the title, size, and position of the Summary window. You can choose which tab pages appear on the Maintenance window and specify the label and navigational direction (top to bottom or left to right) in the tabs.

   Note: If you make any changes to the properties of a window, canvas, tab, or item and do not want to save them, you can select Clear Record from the toolbar to reset the changes.

6. To set up a checklist tab, see Defining Checklists.

7. Expand Items to display all the fields and buttons that are used in the template. The window on which each item is displayed is shown in brackets.

8. Select an item to view and update its properties. For example, you can move a field or change its prompt.

9. To add fields that do not currently appear on the template, or remove fields from the template, see: Adding and Removing Fields on a Template.

10. Save your work.

    Previewing Your New Window

11. Choose Run Template from the Tools menu to see how the window will appear to your users, and to test task flow and right mouse menus.

    Important: Before you can preview your window, you must first enable the template and add the new window to a menu. We recommend that you preview your windows on a test database only, to avoid security infringements.

Adding and Removing Fields on a Template

For windows that have been designed using the People Management templates, you can choose to remove fields from the window if your users do not need them and you can add new fields if required.

For a full list of the fields, buttons and other items you can add to a template, see: Fields on the People Management Window.

Note: There is a distinction between removing a field from the template and removing a field from a window. If the field is on the template but hidden in the window, the field data is still active. Hidden fields, however, slow your performance so you should remove fields wherever possible. This procedure describes removing a field from the template so that its data is not used.

To add or remove a field from a template

1. Open the template using the People Management Configurator tool.

   See: Editing a Template.

   The template windows are displayed along with the People Management Configurator tool.

   Adding a Field

2. To add a field or other item that is not already in the template, expand the Items node, then right-click on Items and choose New from the right mouse menu.

   Tip: Add all your new fields in a consistent location, such as the top of the branch, to help you keep track of them. Choose Refresh from the right mouse menu when you want the system to place your new fields in their correct alphabetical position.

3. Click on the list of values icon in the Item Name field to open the Item Names Find window. Search for the field you want to add or enter % to see the complete list.

4. Select the field you want to add and choose OK.

   Your new field appears under Items in the navigator.

5. Set the following properties:

   • Tab Page Name

   • Visible

   • Height and width of the field

   • Position - Either use the arrow buttons to move the field around or enter a new position in the X and Y Position fields. As you move a field, you can view how it will appear on the window by looking at the template window.

   Note: If you make any changes to the properties of an item and do not want to save them, you can select Clear Record from the toolbar to reset the changes.

   You can choose to set other properties for the field. Refer to People Management Configurator Options for a complete description of all the properties.

   See also Adding Flexfields to a Template

   Removing a Field

6. To remove a field or button from a template, right-click on the item in the navigator and choose Delete from the right mouse menu.

7. Save your work.

Adding Flexfields to a Template

You can add individual segments of a flexfield to a template you create using the People Management Configurator, or you can add a popup window containing all the segments in a flexfield. For reasons of performance, it is recommended that you use a popup window if you have a large number of segments that you want to add to the window.

Note: You cannot add both individual flexfield segments and a popup window for the same flexfield structure on the same window.

To add individual flexfield segments to a template

1. Open your template using the People Management Configurator.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. Expand Items and locate the flexfield segment.

3. Add the value item for the flexfield segment.

   See Adding and Removing Items on a Template

4. If the user will be selecting the value for the segment from a value set, enter the meaning item so that the longer description is also displayed.

   Note: It is your responsibility to ensure that you enter all flexfield segments required by your configuration. If you omit flexfields that you have defined as mandatory, the user will be unable to save records.

To add a popup flexfield window to a template

1. Open your template using the People Management Configurator.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. Expand Items and locate the flexfield items.

3. If you have previously added individual segments of the flexfield to the template, you must first remove all of them. Right-click on each segment of the flexfield and choose Delete from the right mouse menu.

   See Adding and Removing Items on a Template

4. Add the Flexfield Name Popup item to the window. This adds a popup window containing all of the flexfield segments.

5. Save your work

Defining Checklists

A checklist is a list of user actions related to people management and recruitment, such as "Check References" and "Reimburse Expenses". Against each check item, users can record a status, date due, date achieved, and any notes. The checklists are for user reference only; they do not perform any actions.

Checklists can appear on tabs of template forms: on the Summary window, Maintenance window, or both. These tabs are configurable. You specify which check items are displayed, and which fields are available for entry. There is a limit of ten check items on a tab.

There is also a Checklist window, which you can include in task flows from other windows, such as the People window. The Checklist window is not configurable. On this window, users can select any checklist item that you have defined.

To define checklist items and statuses

1. Open the Application Utilities Lookups window.

2. Query the lookup CHECKLIST_ITEM.

3. Enter the code, meaning, and optionally a description for each checklist item you want to define.

4. Save your work.

5. Query the lookup CHECKLIST_STATUS.

6. Enter the code, meaning, and optionally a description for each checklist status you want to define.

7. Save your work.

To define a checklist

1. Open your template using the People Management Configurator.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. Expand Windows, expand the window on which you want to place the checklist, expand the Tab Pages node, and select the Checklist tab.

3. Enter properties for the Checklist tab, including the tab label.

   For a list of the properties you can change for a tab page, see People Management Configurator Options.

4. Expand Items and find Checklist 1 Item Code (Maintain) or Checklist 1 Item Code (Summary), depending which window is to include the checklist. If this item does not appear in the items list, you need to add it.

   See: Adding and Removing Fields on a Template.

5. Enter properties for this item.

   To provide a default check item in this field, enter the appropriate lookup meaning in the Default Value property. You must enter the meaning exactly as you typed it in the Application Utilities Lookups window. If you want to prevent users from selecting other check items in this field, set the Insert Allowed property to No.

6. Save your work.

7. To specify the fields that accompany this check item in the checklist, find the following items. If they do not appear under Items, you can add them. If they appear and you do not want them on your checklist, you can remove them.

   • Checklist 1 Status

   • Checklist 1 Date Due

   • Checklist 1 Date Done

   • Checklist 1 Notes

8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 to add up to ten checklist items to your template, using the items Checklist 2 Item Code through Checklist 10 Item Code.

Setting Defaults for Fields in Templates

The templates enable you to default values in many fields.

See Default Values in Template Fields

To set a default for a field

1. Open the template using the People Management Configurator tool.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. In the People Management Configurator navigator, expand Items and select the field for which you want to set a default.

   See: Fields on the People Management Window for a full list of all the available fields.

3. In the Properties section, enter a default value for the field in the Default Value field. There is no list of values available, so you must be careful to type the value exactly as it should appear.

   You can also choose not to display the field on the window even though you have set a default value.

4. If you want to hide the field set the Visible Field to No.

5. Save your work.

Setting Up Context-Sensitive Fields In Templates

You can set up fields that are context-sensitive in your templates using the People Management Configurator tool. You can use the following contexts:

• Person type - for example, to hide the Employee Number field when an applicant is selected.

• Descriptive flexfield context - for example, to display address lines in the appropriate sequence for each address style

• Key flexfield structure - for example, to display the appropriate structure of the Personal Analysis Key Flexfield for each Special Information Type.

Note: If a segment is not defined for a particular structure or context in the flexfield definition, it does not appear on the form even if you set it up for that context in the People Management Configurator.

To set up a context-sensitive field

1. Open your template using the People Management Configurator.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. In the navigator, expand Items and find the field that you want to make context-sensitive.

3. Set the properties for the default field. You may want to hide the default field so that it only appears in the contexts that you define.

4. Expand the field, right click on Contexts, and choose New from the right mouse menu. You set up a 'child' context field for each context in which you want the field displayed.

5. In the Properties section, select a value in the Context Type field: Descriptive Flexfield, Key Flexfield, or QuickHire Person Type.

6. In the window that displays, enter the context in which this field should display and choose OK.

   For a descriptive flexfield, select the Application, Title, and Context. For example, this could be Oracle Human Resources, Personal Address Details, and United Kingdom respectively. For a key flexfield, select the Application, Title, and Structure. For a QuickHire Person Type, select the person type.

7. Choose the tab you want the field displayed on for this context and set any other properties, such as position or tool tip text.

8. Repeat steps 4 to 7 for each context in which this field should display.

9. Save your work.

Setting Up DateTrack History on Fields in Templates

You can set up DateTrack History for datetracked and dated fields on a template. This has two effects:

• Users can then right-click in the field and choose DateTrack History to see a history of changes that have been made to that field.

• The field appears in the drop down list by the timeline bar. If you select the field in the drop down list, the timeline shows the dates of changes to this field.

To set up DateTrack History on a field

1. Open your template using the People Management Configurator.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. Expand Items and find the field.

3. Select the flexfield [ ] at the bottom of the Properties section.

4. Enter Yes in the DateTrack History field.

5. Save your work.

Setting Up More Information on Fields in Templates

You can set up more information to be available to users on each of the fields you include in a template using Oracle FastFormula. The user can right-click in a field and choose a prompt that you specify. For example, you might want to enable the display of a supervisor's email address from the Supervisor field. From the Job field, you might show the normal working conditions for the job.

For examples of how you can set up more information see the Supervisor and Position fields in the predefined Hiring Applicants and Maintaining Employees templates.

To set up more information on a field

1. Open your template using the People Management Configurator.

   See: Editing a Template.

2. Expand Items and select the field for which you want to set up more information.

3. Enter a formula name in the Information Formula field.

   You create the formula using Oracle FastFormula.

   See: Writing Formulas for Templates, Oracle HRMS FastFormula User Guide.

4. Enter a label explaining the information available in the Information Prompt field. This prompt is displayed in the right mouse menu when a user right-clicks on the field.

5. Enter up to five inputs for the formula in the Information Formula Parameter Fields.

6. Save your work.

Adding a People Management Template Window to a Menu or Task Flow

When you create your own version of a window using the People Management Configurator, you need to add your new window to a menu or task flow so that users can access it.

To create a function for a window

1. You must define a function to call the window. When you define the form function, use parameters to specify the template name, and, if necessary, the customization name and task flow name (separate the parameters by spaces). For example:

   Function: PERWSQHM_CUSTOM_MAINTAIN_EMPS

   Parameters: TEMPLATE_NAME="PER_MAINTAIN_EMPS" HR_CUSTOMIZATION="MedicalSIT" WORKFLOW_NAME="EMP_DEVELOPMENT"

   For a description of the HRMS parameters you can use when you define functions, see: Using Parameters for HRMS Form Functions.

   Adding a window to a menu:

2. You can add the function to any menu.

   For more information about adding your configured window to a menu see: Menus Window, Oracle Applications System Administrator's Guide

   Adding a window to a task flow:

3. You can create a new task flow for the window. People Management windows must always be the first window in the task flow.

   See: Define Task Flows

   Note: If you want to use a version of the People Management window that you have restricted using CustomForm in a task flow, you must first define a new task flow node and then define a menu function to call the task flow.

   See: Adding a Custom Window to a Menu or Task Flow

Restrict Windows Using Customform

CustomForm

Many of the standard Oracle HRMS windows are multipurpose. For example, in the People windows, you can enter or view details of employees, applicants, contingent workers, contacts, or other person types that you have defined. In the Element Entries window, you can make entries for all the elements you have defined.

You might prefer to have multiple versions of these windows, each version being used for just one purpose. This approach restricts the list of values on certain fields and therefore provides for faster data entry. It also enables you to limit access to certain types of information.

For example, you might create a customized version of the View Element Entry History for Employee window that does not display the earnings elements representing salary, Thrift Savings Plan (TSP), Awards bonus, and commission. Most users' menus would only give them access to this customized version of the window. For the small group of people authorized to view salary, TSP, Awards bonus, and commission figures, your system administrator can define a menu function to allow access to the uncustomized form.

You can do this using CustomForm.

Restricting Access to People Management Templates

When you create a people management template using the People Management Configurator (see People Management Configurator) you can specify whether the template handles employees, applicants, contingent workers or a combination of all three. This is a quick way to restrict your template windows by system person type. If you need to restrict the template windows by user person type, you can use CustomForm to create a restricted version of your template.

Important: Make sure that the criteria you enter in the Form Customization window do not conflict with any restrictions you put on the template using the People Management Configurator. For example, if you restrict the template to Applicants Only in the People Management Configurator then create a version that only handles the user person type Graduate Intake (a type of employee), users will not be able to find any people using the template.

You can also use CustomForm to restrict People Management templates in other ways. You can restrict the special information types, extra information types, actions, and notifications that are available from your templates. You can also control the fields available for searching and the new records (applicant, employee, contingent worker, assignment or application) that users can create using the templates.

Windows you can Restrict using CustomForm

You can use CustomForm to restrict the information available in the windows listed in the table below. We also identify the criteria you can use to restrict access to information.

Form	Restrict By	Values
Adjust Balance: (Oracle Payroll form)	Element Set	User defined
Adjust Balance: (Oracle Payroll form)	Element Processing Type	Recurring, Nonrecurring
Assignment Folder	Person Type	User defined
Element Entries	Element Set	User defined
Element Entries	Element Processing Type	Recurring, Nonrecurring
Element Entries	Entry Type	Override
Event Bookings	Employee or Applicant	Employee, Applicant
Extra Assignment Information	Extra Information Type	User defined
Extra Element Information	Extra Information Type	User defined
Extra Job Information	Extra Information Type	User defined
Extra Location Information	Extra Information Type	User defined
Extra People Information	Extra Information Type	User defined
Extra Position Information	Extra Information Type	User defined
List Employees by Element	Element Set	User defined
List Employees by Element	Element Processing Type	Recurring, Nonrecurring
List People by Special Information	Employee or Applicant	Employee, Applicant
List People by Special Information	Special Information Type	User defined
List People by Special Information	Person Type	User defined
Organization	Organization Classification	List of Organization Classifications
Payroll and Assignment Processes: (Oracle Payroll form)	Action Type	List of Action Types (e.g. Run, Pre-payments, Reversal)
People Folder	Person Type	User defined
People (PERWSEPI), People and Assignment (PERWSHRG): (Enter Personal Information)	Person Action	User defined
People (PERWSEPI), People and Assignment (PERWSHRG): (Enter Personal Information)	Person Function	User defined
People (PERWSEPI), People and Assignment (PERWSHRG): (Enter Personal Information)	Person Type	User defined
People Management	Person Type	User defined
People Management	Special Information Type	User defined, and some may be predefined
People Management	People Extra Information Type	User defined, and some may be predefined
People Management	Assignment Extra Information Type	User defined, and some may be predefined
People Management	Actions	List of available actions such as Hire Applicant
People Management	Workflow Notifications	Notifications defined in workflow; some predefined, you can add others
People Management	New Objects	New Applicant, New Employee, New Application, New Assignment
Position Occupancy Folder	Employee or Applicant	Employee, Applicant
Run QuickPaint Report	QuickPaint Inquiry	User defined
Run QuickPaint Report	Person Type	User defined
Run QuickPaint Report	Assignments	Assignment Sets, Assignments
Special Information	Special Information Type	User defined
Table Values: (Define User Values)	Table Name	User defined
View Element Entry History for Employee	Element Set	User defined
View Element Entry History for Employee	Element Processing Type	Recurring, Nonrecurring

Types of Data Restrictions

You can restrict the information that appears in a customized window by the following sorts of criteria:

• Element processing type (recurring or nonrecurring)

• Element set (user defined)

• Person type (user defined)

• Special information type (user defined)

• Organization classification

• Employee, applicant, or contingent worker

  Note: If you choose to restrict access to your form by person type, you select the person type and then choose whether to include or exclude this person type.

• QuickPaint report (user defined)

• Extra Information Type (user defined)

• Workflow notification (user defined)

• New objects that you can create using the People Management window

• Fields you can search on using Advanced Find in the People Management window. The fields you select are excluded from the Advanced Find.

Important: When you use a standard window, all types of information are available. When you use a configured version, you can only see the types of information that were selected on the Form Customization window. However, there is one exception. When you restrict the People Management window by Advanced Find Item, you can search in the configured version of the window on all Find items except the ones you selected on the Form Customization window.

If you want to restrict the data by a user defined information type, you must create it first:

• To restrict by element set, create the set in the Element and Distribution Set window.

  See: Defining an Element or Distribution Set, Oracle HRMS Compensation and Benefits Management Guide

• To restrict by QuickPaint Report, create the report in the Define QuickPaint Report window.

  See: Defining QuickPaint Reports, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

• To restrict by Special Information Type, define your information type as an instance of the Personal Analysis key flexfield.

  See: Setting Up Special Information Types, Oracle HRMS Workforce Sourcing, Deployment, and Talent Management Guide

• To restrict by person types, define your user person types in the Person Types window.

  See: Defining Person Types, Oracle HRMS Enterprise and Workforce Management Guide

• To restrict by Extra Information Type, define your Extra Information types.

  See: Setting up Extra Information Types

• To restrict by workflow notification, create your notifications using Oracle Workflow.

Using the Include and Exclude Restrictions

With selected restriction types, you can choose to include or exclude specific types. This is currently only possible with the Person Type restriction. In this case, the system checks whether any of the person types assigned to a person match any of the person types included or excluded using the Person Type restriction.

The different scenarios are best illustrated using examples. In each case, the employee has the person types of Employee and Applicant.

Scenario 1

Included Person Type	Excluded Person Type
Employee

Result: The employee is visible in the form. In this case, all persons with the person type of Employee are visible.

Scenario 2

Included Person Type	Excluded Person Type
	Employee

Result: The employee is not visible in the form. In this case, all persons with the person type of Employee are excluded and all other persons are visible.

Scenario 3

Included Person Type	Excluded Person Type
Employee	Applicant

Result: The employee is not visible in the form. Even though the employee has the Person Type of Employee, which is included according to the restriction, the Excluded Person Type of Applicant takes priority over the Included Person Type and the employee is not visible in the form.

Note: It is not possible to include and exclude the same person type.

Using CustomForm

Use CustomForm to configure a certain set of windows by setting restrictions in them. For example, you can use CustomForm to restrict the elements that users can enter using the Element Entries window.

You can also use the People Management Configurator to modify predefined templates and create windows that match your business processes.

See: Using the People Management Configurator

To configure a window using CustomForm:

1. If you are restricting the information that appears in the configured window by a user defined entity (such as an element set, person type, special information type, or QuickPaint report), ensure that this entity is already defined.

   See: Types of Data Restriction, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

2. Define a configured version of the window using the Form Customization window.

   See: Configuring a Window With CustomForm

3. Add the new window to a menu or task flow.

   See: Adding a Configured Window to a Menu or Task Flow

Configuring a Window With CustomForm

You can define your own versions of templates and some standard windows in the Form Customization window.

See: List of Configurable Windows, Oracle HRMS Configuring, Reporting, and System Administration Guide

Note: If you want to restrict access to query-only for a window, you do not need to create a separate version. Instead you create a new form function, setting the QUERY_ONLY parameter to YES.

See: Restricting Access to Query-only Mode

To define restrictions for a window

1. Select the name of the window in the Form to be customized field.

2. Enter the name of your new version in the Name field. This name is used when defining menus but it is not seen by users.

3. Select Enabled if you want the restrictions to come into effect. If you do not select this option, the configured version of the window behaves the same way as the standard version.

4. Enter the titles to appear in the new version of the window:

   • In the Standard Title field, enter the window title to be seen by users who can use the window for data entry and editing.

   • In the Query Title field, enter the window title to be seen by users who have view-only access to the window.

   Note: If you are configuring a template, the titles entered for the template in the People Management Configurator window override those entered here.

5. Save your new version.

6. In the Restrictions block, select the Type and Value of the restrictions you want to define. The types and values available depend on the window you are configuring.

   Note: If you are using the Person Type restriction, you can choose whether to include or exclude the selected person type using the available radio buttons. If you select any other type of restriction, the radio button is automatically set to Include.

Adding a Custom Window to a Menu or Task Flow

When you create a restricted version of a window using CustomForm, you need to add your new window to a menu or task flow so that users can access it.

Adding custom windows

1. If you want to add the custom window to a task flow, you must create a Task Flow Node for it.

   See: Define Task Flow Nodes

2. If the window is called directly from the Navigator window, you must define a menu function to call the custom version of the window. You can add the function to any menu.

   For a description of the HRMS parameters you can use when you define functions, see: Using Parameters for HRMS Form Functions.

   Note: If you want to use a custom version of the People window, People Folder, or Assignment Folder to start a task flow, you should define a new task flow node and then define a menu function to call the task flow.

   For more information about adding your custom window to a menu see: Menus Window, Oracle E-Business Suite Developer's Guide

Additional Configuration Options

Additional Configuration Options

There are some additional configuration options that your organization may need to set up, depending on the requirements of your system. These include:

• Enabling Currencies

• Setting up Printers

• Setting up International HRMS. See: What is International HRMS?

Setting Up Your Printers

To run reports in Oracle HRMS, you need to associate the following predefined print styles with your printer driver:

• XX PS Portrait

• XX PS Landscape

• XX_Cheque

Note: XX represents your country code, such as ZA.

You do this using the Printer Types window.

See: Setting Up Your Printers, Oracle Applications Systems Administrator's Guide.

Examples of Printer Driver and Printer Types

Example postscript printer driver (HP LaserJet 4000)

Driver Name:	A4PS
User Driver:	A4 POSTSCRIPT
SRW Driver:	A
Driver Method:	Command
Arguments:	lp -d$PROFILES$.PRINTER -n$PROFILES$.CONC_COPIES -t"$PROFILES$.TITLE" $PROFILES$.FILENAME

Table 1-6 Example of the South African cheque printer driver (HP LaserJet 4000)

Driver Name:	A4CHEQUE
User Driver:	A4 CHEQUE
SRW Driver:	HPA
Driver Method:	Select Command
Arguments:	lp -d$PROFILES$.PRINTER -n$PROFILES$.CONC_COPIES -t"$PROFILES$.TITLE" $PROFILES$.FILENAME
Initialization:	/eE/e(s0P/e&l0O/e&l8D/e&l26A/e&k2S/e(8U/e(s0p12h0s0b4099T/e&l25E
Reset:	/eE/000

Example Printer Type (HP LaserJet 4000)

Style	Driver Name
PS Landscape	A4PS
PS Portrait	A4PS
Cheque	A4CHEQUE

What is International HRMS?

International HRMS is a set of standard data categories that provide the foundation for a localized version of HRMS. You can use International HRMS to set up a localized version of HRMS, provided that your localization is not already supported.

You are not obliged to use International HRMS to set up localized data. If you prefer, you can set your own localization by following a series of manual steps. However, the advantages of using International HRMS to set up a localization are:

• It is faster to install.

• It is easier to install.

• It is easier to support once you have installed it.

International HRMS is also updated regularly. For example, features such as the Costing of Payment process and Cheque/Check Writer (Generic) are included in International HRMS. This means that when you use International HRMS to begin setting up a localization, you already have access to some of the latest features delivered in Oracle HRMS.

How Do You Use International HRMS to Create a Localization?

You apply hrglobal and then run the concurrent program International HRMS Setup. For further details of the exact sequence.

What is Included in International HRMS

International HRMS includes all of the following data definitions:

• Business rules

• Element Classifications

• Bank Key Flexfield and legislative rule for bank key flexfield

• Total payments balance and supported dimension, route, defined balance.

Legislation Rules

This legislation rule is supplied with International HRMS Phase 1:

legislation_rule
(p_legislation_code => p_legislation code
,p rule_type    => 'E'
,p rule_mode    => 'ZZ Bank Details'

Element Classifications

These element classifications are supplied with International HRMS Phase 1:

• Information

• Earnings

• Absence

• Supplemental Earnings

• Taxable Benefits

• Pre-tax Deductions

• Tax Deductions

• Direct Payment

• Employer Charges

• Involuntary Deductions

• Voluntary Deductions

Routes

The only route available with International HRMS Phase 1 is Global Payments.

Balance Dimensions

The only balance dimension available with International HRMS Phase 1 is Payments.

Balances

The only balance available with International HRMS Phase 1 is Total Payments.

Overview: Using International HRMS to Define a Localization

You apply International HRMS standard data by following this sequence:

1. Install HRMS

2. Apply patch 2574811 to provide the standard set of data categories needed in every legislation

3. Run hrglobal

4. Apply patch 2574861 to provide a translated set of data for the particular legislation that you are installing

5. Run the concurrent program International HRMS Setup.

See: Running the International HRMS Setup Process

Enabling Currencies

Oracle HRMS enables you to use multiple currencies for entering information about employee compensation and benefits. You can also record your payment methods to employees in different currencies.

For example, if you have employees living and working temporarily in other countries, you might want to record specific earnings or deductions for these employees in local currencies. You might also want to pay these employees a fixed amount into a bank account in their home currency. The remainder you would pay in a local currency.

Your startup data includes the definitions of all world currencies. These definitions are shared by all Oracle Applications and are controlled by the system administrator responsibility. You enable those currencies you want to use in the Currencies window.

Note: You must enable at least one currency as the default currency for all information related to money in your system. This default is known as your Business Group currency.

To enable a currency

1. Query the currency you want to enable and check the Enabled check box. Save your choice to enable the currency.

   You can never delete a currency, but you can disable it.

To disable a currency

1. Uncheck Enabled, or enter an End Date for the currency.

Running the International HRMS Setup Process

Use the International HRMS Setup process to apply a standard set of data when you are installing a legislation that is not currently supported. You do this after you have:

1. Installed HRMS

2. Applied patch 2574811

3. Run hrglobal

4. Applied patch 2574861

You run the International HRMS Setup process from the Submit Requests window.

To run the International HRMS setup process

1. Enter your legislation. You can only do this for a legislation that is not currently supported.

2. Enter the currency for your legislation.

3. Enter the Tax Year Start Date.

4. Decide whether you want to use tax units.

5. Choose OK, and then submit your process.

   This creates a legislation with the name, default currency, and tax year details that you specify. When you have completed these setup steps you can then add specific data for your legislation.

Using the Person Name Format Function

The person name format function enables you to specify how a person's name is returned in custom applications or reports etc. You use tokens to specify the format in which you want to see the name. You can call the function in various ways, including PL/SQL, SQL etc.

Note: This function cannot be used to format how names are displayed in windows in the application.

The tokens that you can use are as follows:

• $FI - First Name

• $MI - Middle Name

• $LA - Last Name

• $PR - Prefix

• $SU - Suffix

• $TI - Title

• $FU - Full Name

• $KN - Known As

• $IF - Initial First

• $IM - Initial Middle

A series of tokens are passed into the routine and the formatted name is returned.

If the date being passed to the routine is null then the system date is used. Likewise if the format being passed is null then the full_name is returned. If the person_id used is not valid, then an error is raised.

SQL Example 1

You can use a profile to define the name format you required. This ensures that all your reports or customizations to retrieve the name uniformly. If you then decide to change the profile value, the change is reflected everywhere you use the profile value as one of the parameters.

If you create a new profile called XX_NAME and assign the value $FI.$LA to it, you can use the following SQL to retrieve the name of person with the ID 972:

SQL> select hr_person_name.get_person_name(972,null,fnd_profile.value('XX_NAME')) from dual;

This returns the name in the format: Antonio.Bortoliero

SQL Example 2

The following example shows how to use the new function to retrieve the same person's name as of two days before the current system date:

SQL> select hr_person_name.get_person_name(972,sysdate-2,'$FI.$MI.$TI') name from dual;

This returns the name in the format: Antonio.D.Doctor

PL/SQL Example

The following shows a simple PLSQL use of the function:

declare
   l_name varchar2(2000);
begin
   l_name := hr_person_name.get_person_name
                     (p_person_id        => 972,
                      p_date             => trunc(sysdate),
                      p_format           => '$FI.$LA');
end;

In this example l_name would contain the name in the format 'Antonio.Bortoliero'.